Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Diverse Careers in Community Psychology
Diverse Careers in Community Psychology
Psychology
Diverse Careers
inCommunity
Psychology
EDITED BY
J U D A H J. V I O L A
and
O LYA G L A N T S M A N
1
Oxford University Press is a department of the University of Oxford. It furthers
the Universitys objective of excellence in research, scholarship, and education
by publishing worldwide. Oxford is a registered trade mark of Oxford University
Press in the UK and certain other countries.
135798642
Printed by WebCom, Inc., Canada
For Donna and James, your unconditional love has freed me to pour my love into my
family, my work, and my communities. For Alina, Liya, and Ellie, your love
is what Icherish most in theworld.
~ JudahViola
CONTENTS
vii
viii Contents
Contents ix
Index 305
SERIES FOREWORD
The Society for Community Research and Action (SCRA), Division 27 of the
American Psychological Association, is an international and interdisciplinary
organization that supports the development of theory, research, and social action.
Members share a common interest in promoting empowerment, health, and well-
being, with special attention to multiple levels of analysis, including the individual,
group, organizational, community, cultural, and societal. Division members focus
on an array of pressing social issues within national and global contexts (such as
violence, mental health, HIV/AIDS, poverty, racism) and have developed effective
social interventions to address seemingly intractable issues using a continuum of
approaches from prevention to intervention to social change. These approaches to
change involve diverse strategies, including, for example, advocacy, citizen partici-
pation, collaboration, community organizing, economic development, prevention
education, self-help/mutual-help, sociopolitical development, social movements,
and policy change. These change strategies typically share the goal of challenging
and altering underlying power structures in the pursuit of social justice and com-
munity and individual well-being.
This book series, Advances in Community Psychology, is sponsored by SCRA
and aims to aid in the dissemination of theory, research, and social action as devel-
oped by SCRA members as well as nonmembers working in allied disciplines. The
overarching mission of the series is to create a publication venue that (a)highlights
the contributions of the fields of community psychology, and more generally, com-
munity action, research, and practice; (b)integrates current knowledge of pressing
topics and priorities for the field; and (c)offers the foundations for future directions.
Diverse Careers in Community Psychology, edited by Viola and Glantsman, pro-
vides expert models to explore the many career pathways that support the ability
to practice, conduct research, teach, consult, and bring about policy change. From
students (undergraduate or graduate) to advanced professionals who want to make
a shift, expand, or change their career (or to better mentor their own mentees), the
xi
book offers guidance. Community psychology is a discipline that lies at the inter-
section of research, values, and social action. This volume is therefore relevant to
current and future social scientists and practitioners, including sociologists and
policymakers who want to engage in participatory-built interventions, or who are
hoping to conduct research to test these interventions, and clinical psychologists
and social workers who want to improve their use of tools on whole communities
or larger systems.
The book is designed to help readers better understand their options and deter-
mine the best career choices. The chapters advise on where to look for jobs, how to
best position oneself, and what to expect in each job sector and position. The book
provides details about each different type of career (e.g., tasks involved, benefits and
challenges, salary range, and so on) as well as the unique competencies needed to
succeed ineach.
There are over twenty chapters by authors who share their personal stories and
guidance on how to select, prepare for, find, and succeed in careers similar to theirs.
The content of several of these chapters is built upon a career survey of more than
400 respondents, providing quantitative information about the different types of
settings. Further interviews are used to illustrate the current state of career options
for the field, necessary training and skills required, as well as the pros and cons of
choosing a particular career path in government, health care, education, nonprofits,
and consulting.
This is an important resource to help people in these fields carry on their essen-
tial work through careers that provide them with stability and maximize their abili-
ties. This extensive survey of occupations will propel readers toward their life goals
and enable them to help others discover their own goals. We have no doubt that this
volume will impact and expand the social justice work of these fields for decades
tocome.
FOREWORD
I am delighted to write this foreword for Judah Viola and Olya Glantsmans Diverse
Careers in Community Psychology. This text illustrates how both students who are
training in community psychology (CP) and professionals in the field serve and col-
laborate in multiple settings and across diverse sectors to influence positive social
change. The contributors discuss a wide range of social problems and propose
unique perspectives for preventive and community-based change. With breadth
and depth, this book captures the full array of diverse careers available to individuals
with training in the field. The book will be essential reading for those with interests
in community psychology or related fields, including practitioners who consult and
conduct program evaluations for community and other organizations. Students,
professionals, and practitioners will benefit substantially from learning more about
the range of community-based opportunities.
There are a number of critical orienting principles for social change, including
(a)developing a clear vision of second-order change (changing systems that cre-
ate problems); (b)focusing interventions on those who perpetuate powerlessness,
poverty, and other forms of oppression; and (c)working with citizens and organi-
zations to create coalitions. Coalitions can additionally confront abuses of power
by (d)remaining persistent, patient, and willing to do what is necessary over the
long haul (i.e., maintaining a long-term commitment to change), and (e)continu-
ously evaluating and refining strategies and tactics to find the most effective means
of bringing about change ( Jason, 2013). The contributors in this book successfully
illustrate each of these principles; and by doing so, they indicate that community
psychologists are moving toward revolutionary ways of ameliorating our most
pressing social and community problems.
Themes that have emerged in the field of CP over time are also well repre-
sented. Prevention is emphasized over treatment, competencies over deficits, col-
laboration across disciplines and beyond silos, understanding people within their
xiii
Leonard A. Jason
November 2016
References
Jason, L. A. (2013). Principles of social change. NewYork, NY:Oxford UniversityPress.
Jason, L. A., & Glenwick, D. S. (Eds.). (2016). Handbook of methodological approaches to
community-based research:Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed Methods. NewYork, NY:Oxford
UniversityPress.
Moritsugu, J., Vera, E. G., Wong, F.W., & Duffy, K.G. (2013). Community psychology (5th ed.).
Upper Saddle River, NJ:Pearson.
Tolan, P., Keys, C., Chertok, F., & Jason, L. (Eds.). (1990). Researching community psychology:Issues
of theory and methods. Washington, DC:American Psychological Association.
A B O U T T H E E D I TO R S
Judah J. Viola, PhD, is dean of the College of Professional Studies and Advancement
at National Louis University in Chicago. He earned a BA in psychology and his-
tory from the University of Wisconsin-Madison and an MA and PhD in commu-
nity psychology from DePaul University. Judahs research and advocacy interests
involve promoting healthy communities and increasing civic engagement and pro-
social behavior. Judah has written most extensively on evaluation research, includ-
ing his 2010 book, Consulting and Evaluation with Nonprofit and Community-Based
Organizations. He is active in the Society for Community Research and Action
(SCRA) and the Chicagoland Evaluation Association (CEA), a local affiliate of
the American Evaluation Association. Judah serves on the Executive Committee of
the Consortium to Lower Obesity in Chicago Children (CLOCC), a broad-based
network confronting the childhood obesity epidemic by promoting policies and
environmental changes that support healthy and active lifestyles. Judah also man-
ages an independent consulting practice specializing in needs assessment, program
evaluation, community building, and collaborative community research. Recent
clients have included public school systems, museums and art institutions, social
service and public health agencies, and community development organizations.
For more information, see Judahs webpage (http://works.bepress.com/judah_
viola/).
xv
CO N T R I B U TO R S
xvii
John Daviau, MACP, has over 25years of training, consulting, and manage-
ment experience in nonprofit organizations and schools focusing on substance
abuse and violence prevention and school-safety initiatives. He has signifi-
cant experience in supporting communities, organizations, and schools with
systems-change issues; utilizing the Strategic Prevention Framework as a
community-w ide prevention model; implementing best practices and evidence-
based programs; and problem solving issues and barriers to effective prevention
services.
Teresa Garate, PhD, leads one of the largest nonprofit organizations in the
Chicago area serving people with disabilities. She is a recognized authority and
advocate in the fields of disability, education, human services, and public health,
and she has an extensive background in government, nonprofits, and the private
sector. She serves on the steering committee of the Kennedy Forum Illinois; the
boards of Health & Disability Advocates, and the Illinois Community College
Board; and she is co-chair of the state task force for Employment and Economic
Opportunities for People with Disabilities.
xx Cont r ibutors
Judith Meyers, a clinical and community psychologist, is the president and chief
executive officer of the Childrens Fund of Connecticut, a public charitable foun-
dation, and its subsidiary, the Child Health and Development Institute. For the
past 16 years she has led these organizations efforts to improve health, mental
health, and early-care systems for children in Connecticut. Meyers holds faculty
appointments at the University of Connecticut and Yale University Schools of
Medicine.
Crystal Reinhart received her PhD from Wichita State University in 2010. She
is a research program coordinator with the Center for Prevention Research and
Development at the University of Illinois in UrbanaChampaign. Currently, her
work includes community-based program evaluation and research focusing on
teen substance use prevention, teen pregnancy/STI prevention, and early child-
hood initiatives.
Victoria Chien Scott is a community psychologist who has devoted her profes-
sional career to working with nonprofit organizations to optimize their perfor-
mance through consultation, training, research, and evaluation. She is especially
passionate about building the capacity of health-care systems and community
organizations through quality improvement and strength-based approaches.
Victoria holds an academic appointment at the University of North Carolina
Charlotte where she is an assistant professor of psychology. She also serves as
administrative director of the Society for Community Research and Action.
INTRODUCTION
We, as faculty, are often asked, What can Ido with a degree in community psy-
chology? Little to date has been written to answer this question (see Ferrari &
ODonnell, 2000)on how to build a career or obtain relevant and meaningful forms
of employment, especially jobs outside of academia (Brown, Cardizone, Glantsman,
Johnson-Hakim, & Lemke, 2014). Thus, we wrote this book to help you, the reader,
understand three things:(1)the diversity of career options for someone with com-
munity psychology training; (2)details about the different types of careers (e.g.,
tasks involved, benefits and challenges, salary range, and the like); and (3)steps you
can take to develop skills and position yourself for such a career.
This text is designed for current and former graduate students in community psy-
chology and related fields, advanced undergraduates taking a course or majoring in
the fields, and professionals interested in expanding or changing their careers. This
book can be useful for faculty and advisors as they recruit new students and men-
tor and guide current and past students. It is worth noting that while this book is
decidedly US-centric, community psychology does have a rich history across the
globe and an established international presence (see Reich, Riemer, Prilleltensky, &
Montero, 2007). Moreover, while contexts differ, we hope and expect interna-
tional psychologists and practitioners will find ample useful information within
thesepages.
xxv
Book Overview
This book will help you understand the diverse career options available for people
who train in CP and how the CP competencies are put into practice across the full
spectrum of job titles and career paths that a community psychologist might follow.
We surveyed over 400 individuals in the field, and we are sharing here what we
learned from their responses. We also invited over 30 different community psy-
chologists with various backgrounds, interests, areas of expertiseacross multiple
generationsto provide examples of what it is like to work in their settings to pro-
mote collaboration and actively involve citizens as true partners. Throughout the
book, the contributors show us how we can reject simplistic linear cause-and-effect
ways of understanding social problems and instead adopt more challenging, com-
plex, and at times paradoxical, systems-based approaches that seek to understand
how individuals affect and are influenced by their social environments.
Through their personal career journeys, the contributing authors provide a vari-
ety of pathways from which you can choose to live out your passion for understand-
ing and supporting communities by examining context and person-environment fit.
Their narratives and journeys stir the imagination and enable you to chart a course
that can provide students and career-changers various pathways to careers that can
adopt structural, comprehensive, and effective solutions to our most pressing soci-
etal problems.
One draw of community psychology is that it is not a licensure-driven profes-
sion. Rather it is based on a core set of values and principles. Nevertheless, a recent
development in the field has been the creation of 18 widely agreed upon competen-
cies for training community psychologists (Dalton & Wolfe, 2012). These compe-
tencies are meant to provide a unique selling proposition and a loosely based common
core in CP training. There has been little written about how the competencies can be
utilized across different types of jobs. Thus, the current volume connects the stories
of individual career paths, survey results, and career guidance tied to the 18 compe-
tencies for community psychology practice.
Outline ofChapters
Below is a brief outline of the chapters:
While we originally set out to answer the basic questions posed to us by our stu-
dents about career options for community psychologists, the scope of this work has
greatly expanded. With the vast experiences and prolific suggestions of the contrib-
uting authors, we believe this text will work for a large audience with a variety of
interests and career trajectories. We trust you will find this information interesting,
inspirational, and useful in your own career.
References
Brown, K. K., Cardizone, G., Glantsman, O., Johnson-Hakim, S., & Lemke, M. (2014). Examining
the guiding competencies in community psychology practice from students perspectives. The
Community Psychologist, 47(1),39.
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (2012). Education connection and the community practitioner. The
Community Psychologist, 45(4),713.
Ferrari, J. R., & ODonnell, C. R. (Eds.). (2000). Employment in community psychology:The diversity
of opportunity. NewYork, NY:HaworthPress.
Fryer, D. (2008). Some questions about the history of community psychology. Journal of Community
Psychology, 36(5), 572586.
Kloos, B., Hill, J., Thomas, E., Wandersman, A., Elias, M.J., & Dalton, J.H. (2012). Community psy-
chology:Linking individuals and communities (3rd ed., pp. 143144). Belmont, CA:Cengage.
Levine, M., Perkins, D.D., & Perkins, D.V. (2005). Principles of community psychology:Perspectives
and applications (3rd ed., pp. 6469). NewYork, NY:Oxford UniversityPress.
Nelson, G., & Prilleltensky, I. (2010). Community psychology:In pursuit of liberation and well-being
(2nd ed.). NewYork, NY:Palgrave McMillan.
Reich, S., Riemer, M., Prilleltensky, I., & Montero, M. (Eds.). (2007). International community psy-
chology:History and theories. NewYork, NY:Springer.
Our responses in this chapter to some of the most frequently asked questions come
from two sources:(1)our own work experiences prior to and subsequent to our
training in community psychology, and (2)a survey of 420 community psycholo-
gists. Judah Viola has held positions such as an investigator for a city agency, an
institutional researcher, an independent program evaluation consultant, a univer-
sity professor, and he is now an academic dean. Olya Glantsman has worked as an
academic staff member, a community psychology researcher, and a university pro-
fessor. Amber Williams has worked in nonprofit leadership and as the director of
program evaluation for multiple agencies. Cari Stevenson has worked as a commu-
nity college professor, an independent organizational development consultant, and
a human resources professional.
The Diverse Careers in Community Psychology Survey, the first of its kind, was
administered online to over 400 professionals in the field of community psychol-
ogy. The 35-item survey addresses multiple aspects of careers such as salaries, job
titles and sectors, graduate training, experience, community psychology competen-
cies, and methods of job obtainment. Lets get to the questions and the best answers
we couldgive.
Individuals who have a strength or passion for a particular competency can use
the following table to determine which sector most aligns with application of that
competency (see Table1.1).
You may do well to consider using these competencies to track your exposure
and think about how you may expand your skills. The role of a community psy-
chologist is tantamount to being comfortable applying different competencies
within the same job. Some competencies are a given. Critical for every community
psychologist is the ability to work with different cultures. Our survey respondents
endorsed social cross-cultural competency more than any other item. Other sets
of competencies may be combined to develop certain skill subsets. In addition,
consider your preferred sector and the needs required in that sector. If you have
an interest in leading community-based participatory research at a Research 1
institution, then research experience and perhaps advanced statistical skills may
be essential.
Consultant 14
Grants 14
CEO/VP/ED/CCO 14
Nonprofit Position 11
Evaluator 11
Researcher 10
Faculty 10
Government 10
Manager/Director/Supervisor 10
University Leadership/Administration 10
Clinician/Caseworker/Social Worker 5
Postdoc 5
Figure1.2 Job category and average number of competencies among all respondents.
Ecological 62%
Empowerment 61%
of room for upward mobility. An additional 7% reported working part time on top
of full-time positions, while 5% were working multiple part-time jobs, and another
5% had single part-time positions.
Some community psychologists like to do diverse types of work and others may
work part time to achieve a better balance between career and family. Often there is
a give and take between flexibility and predictability. Some people choose to work
from home as consultants because they have more control over their schedules.
Faculty positions vary in their demands but may also allow for more time at home
and setting ones own schedule. However, we have found that people who work full
time with more flexible schedules also tend to work more total, and less predictable,
hours. Government and health-care positions, by contrast, tend to be less flexible
but provide greater levels of consistency and predictability.
What may be most important in terms of quality of life is how much we get to
do what we love: community psychology. Of those currently working, 96% said
they were able to engage in CP practice at their primary job. Respondents reported
using, on average, 10 out of 18 community psychology competencies regularly at
work. About two-thirds (65%) of full-time employees felt secure in their current
job. Across both full-and part-time positions, respondents felt like they had good
opportunities for growth; 88% of full-time and 73% of part-time employees reported
being in positions with opportunities for advancement and upward mobility.
1. Volunteer/Intern (N = 3) $25,983
Figure1.4 Median salary by job type for full-time employees vs. overall median.
Survey Respondents
Number by State
1
2
37
813
1422
NA
them for guidance and support. While some faculty members might be too busy
or focused on their work, the majority of professors value the opportunity to con-
nect with students outside of class and to offer career support. However, they often
depend on students to reach out to them and express an interest before they will
take on a mentoringrole.
Whether you are seeking an advisor or you are embarking on networking, your
focus should be on identifying people with similar interests and skill sets to which
you aspire. Incorporate networking into the activities you are already doing. Need
a paper for a class? Interview a professional whose work you admire. Want to learn
about a particular type of career? Suggest inviting a guest speaker to your class or
organize a digital meeting for your cohort of students or colleagues. Want to go to
a conference to meet some colleagues? Present your work there. Want to try work
in a particular setting, exercise particular skills, or connect to a particular group or
organization? Seek out these opportunities through fieldwork, practicum, or intern-
ship opportunities. Build relationships within the communities that you want to
work. And take every opportunity to practice your networking skills. Have an two
minute elevator speech prepared and practice it. Whether it is with colleagues,
friends, or in front of a mirror, get comfortable explaining to others what your inter-
ests are and what your career plans mightbe.
Project/ Manager/
Program Supervisor
Coordinator 7%
(Non-research)
Program 1%
Evaluator
6%
Consultant
4%
Faculty All
Clinical
Levels
Caseworker/
47%
Social Worker
6%
CEO/COO/VP/
Director/ED
8%
Researcher
21%
opportunities. Other than academic positions to teach CP courses, jobs for commu-
nity psychologists are rarely advertised as looking for a community psychologist.
Therefore, we recommend focusing on community psychology skills and not the
term community psychologist. Use the list of competencies for practice, your own set
skills, and the job description to determine if the position would allow you to make
the type of impact you would like and if it would provide the challenges you are
looking for. Remember that there is room togrow.
Many professionals report looking at posted positions for a sector or a specific
field that matched their job skills and then they presented themselves accordingly.
This books contributing authors also corroborate the notion that many community
psychologists find their positions through networking. Sector-specific strategies for
finding jobs are discussed in Chapters424.
Figure 1.6 shows the distribution of job-level categories in which survey respon-
dents work. Among full-time employees, faculty positions were most common
(47%), followed by researchers (21%). The third most common job category
included executive leadership positions (e.g., Eds., CEOs, COOs, and VPs). Other
full-time job categories included consultants, program evaluators, project directors,
program coordinators (non-research) managers, and supervisors. Approximately
half the full-time jobs involved working for colleges and universities as faculty,
researchers, executives, and administrators. The other half of the full-time positions
were spread between the government, health care, nonprofits, and consulting or
evaluationfirms.
clinical caseworkers, social workers, and executive leader roles (i.e., CEOs/COOs/
VPs/Eds./Directors). Some participants described their roles as using their research
training:Designs, manages and conducts complex scientific research studies in a specific
public health area; whereas others used more of their organizational development
and leadership training through leading multiple change projects to improve health
care delivery and access. Still others used their clinical and managerial skills super-
vising and training clinical social workers and conducting individual and group psychoso-
cial assessments and counseling. Health-care setting examples include hospitals and
clinical or community health centers. Most jobs in health-care settings are at non-
profit organizations.
The health-care sector is quite different than academia. Credentials and licenses
for clinically oriented positions are essential here, though publishing is likely most
important if you hope to do health-related research or policy work. Health admin-
istration requires experience in health-care settings; management and evaluation
training (likely more helpful than clinical skills); teaching experience; or publica-
tion. Many community psychologists have been successful within city, state, or fed-
eral public health agencies as well as in the Veterans Administration (VA) system,
the latter of which typically qualifies as being in both government and health-care
sectors. VA positions tend to be more relevant for folks with clinical community
training and strong research skills; the job roles in these settings tend to provide
direct services, or involve supervision of such services, or potentially be in research.
Clinical psychology training is less important in the field of public health. Courses
in health psychology, epidemiology, community- based participatory research,
and program evaluation are all valuable for building valued public health skills.
Geographical Information Systems, social network analysis, and community asset
mapping skills would all carry high value within the field of public health.
Many other community psychologists have had success conducting behavioral
health (e.g., mental health and substance abuse) research in settings (both traditional
and alternative) that serve people with disabilities. Some community psychologists
have interests in successful aging, although few survey participants indicated that
they worked in nursing homes or other long-term care facilities. Given the aging
population of baby boomers, this is an area of potential growth.
Employees within the health-care and government sectors felt much more secure
in their job roles compared to those in the nonprofit and education sector. Typical
employment postings are found on job-posting websites. Of the surveyed commu-
nity psychologists of this type, 58% had earned a PhD. Many participants, however,
reported working as clinical caseworkers or social workers, thus having some form
of clinical/counseling training.
In this sector, community psychologists reported using an average of nine compe-
tencies in their job role. Fifty-seven percent used prevention and health promotion
as part of their roles. Empowerment and sociocultural and cross-cultural compe-
tencies were the second most prominent within this sector. The median income
reported for this group was $67,500, while there is quite a range, with supervisors
of course making more. Our particular respondents had five years of experience,
mostly in their current positions; they learned of their positions through their pro-
fessional networks, and many ended up creating a position for themselves.
started with a desire to work in an applied setting. Yet the individual missions
and the work of the various organizations in the nonprofit sector are distinctly
diverse. Of the 113 respondents (27% of the sample), more than half (55%) held
a doctorate, and 18% a masters degree. The training of community psycholo-
gists has great transferability to this sector, although sharing the content foci of
the organizationhealth, education, community engagement, green initiatives,
art, youth development, policy, and technologyis typically very important.
Graduate students in community psychology might generate a list of organiza-
tions that fit their areas of interest. Applicants should note in their cover letters and
resumes ways in which their graduate training (thesis and dissertation work) aligns
with the organizations mission.
Nonprofits typically post position vacancies on their own website or other
employment sites (http://www.npo.net, http://www.idealist.org, http://www.
indeed.com, http://www.simplyhired.com, and http://www.careerbuilder.
com). Community psychologists often told us they learned of their jobs through
networking referrals. Another common theme was the creating of ones own
position. One way to create a job in this sector is to collaborate with the orga-
nization on grant writing or in other capacities and include that position line
and salary within the grant proposal. In the nonprofit sector, most community
psychologists worked as researchers or in executive leader roles (CEOs/COOs/
VPs/Eds./Directors). The median salary reported was $61,900. Prior to working
in their current role, community psychologists had five years experience. The
most frequently listed community psychology competencies included empow-
erment, program development, program evaluation, community inclusion, and
partnership.
While stability varies considerably with the particular organization, the non-
profit sector reported the lowest level of job security. Only about half (48%) of
respondents felt secure/very secure in their roles. At the same time, 78% indicated
opportunities for advancement in their currentroles.
Nonprofit settings tend to value skills and experience over academic credentials.
Thus, gaining experiences in nonprofits while a graduate student (either as direct
service employee, intern, or volunteer) is a great idea. Such experiences help pro-
vide a sense of the type of nonprofit you would be interested in working for; these
organizations vary drastically in mission, culture, and size. Some are community-
based and focused; others have more of a national or international policy focus and
little to do with the neighborhood in which they are located. Nonprofits are often
looking for leaders who have a diverse skill set, from organizational development to
community organizing or grant writing and program evaluation. Taking courses in
these areas as part of your graduate training will put you ahead of the next applicant
with a passion for the cause. In Chapter7, Scott and Meissens discussion on lead-
ership and the support of nonprofits provides additional insight into community
psychologys value to the nonprofit sector.
The more you know what fits your personality, you skill set, and your life cir-
cumstances, the better you will know how to assess fit. We feel it is important to
emphasize choosing a good fit (interest, skill set, and goals) rather than having to
work hard to adjust to a position. This may not always be an option, however. Plus,
things change, including ones interests and skills, as well as the options at ones
workplace. An initial fit is crucial, but what that fit entails might vary from indi-
vidual to individuallocation, job description, department values, and the like.
Thus, it is more important to be open-minded and always look for opportunities for
growth and development, whether in the workplace or outside.
Moreover, you can also create your own job from the start. In fact, 13% of sur-
vey respondents either created their own position or their position was developed
for them. They first identified whether they wanted to work for themselves or for
an organization that was a good fit, and then they worked within the organization
to develop the job description and determine how the position would be funded
(often by writing a grant and/or consulting professionals in the field). If you dis-
cover your ideal sector early and want to remain within this sector, your transitions
may be easier. Again, though, your related competencies in community psychology
or related training are transferable. Yet given that potential employers outside of
community psychology may not know the field, it is all the more vital that you know
how to explain the field and its connection to the potential job. Make sure your CV
highlights skills that are sector-relevant; job recruiters focus on buzz words associ-
ated with the vacant position. When changing sectors convey why the skills you
have acquired are transferrable.
Participate in training opportunities (e.g., webinars, workshops, Coursera) to
develop and maintain and expand your skill set. At the same time, new roles can
offer an opportunity to learn on the job. However, be honest if there is an area that
you are not as familiar with. If an organization focuses on a content area that is more
one of interest than expertise, convey that to the potential employer. Be willing to
go the extra mile to know what the job and the organization are about. Do whatever
is possible to gain the knowledge and skill sets needed to complete the job. Connect
with professionals who have mastered the competencies. Seek their professional
feedback when needing additional assistance. Create a plan to tell potential employ-
ers how you will enhance your own abilities in areas that are not your strongest.
Chapter Summary
Training in community psychology can lead to various careers spanning multiple
sectors. Regardless of setting or context, there is always more community psychol-
ogy work to be done. Community psychologists describe themselves as working
more than 40 hours a week. We have yet to meet any community psychologists who
are not passionate about their work. Yet both some stress and fulfillment are pretty
much guaranteed.
Employment-Seeking Strategies:TakeAwayPoints
1. Identify and cultivate relationships with multiple mentors. However, limit the
number of mentors to a number you can manage to connect with consistently.
2. Build your network both within your field and across disciplines.
3. Join and engage actively with professional associations within your areas of
interest.
4. Be intentional about building skills and competencies relevant to the sector and
jobs in which you are most interested. Remember that you will continue to grow
in these areas beyond graduate training.
5. Align your CV (resume) to the skills and competencies needed for the specific
job(s) you seek, and practice an elevator speech that helps future employers see
how your experience, training, and competencies fit their contexts.
6. Use multiple search techniques when looking for employment (e.g., job post-
ings and organizational websites, networking, listservs).
7. Keep confident, consistent, get support, and recognize that part of your real-life
training and development as a community psychologist involves seeking new
positions.
References
Dalton, J., Elias, M., & Julian, D. (Eds.). (2007). Defining competencies for practicing community
psychology. The Community Psychologist, 40(2), 81105.
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (Eds.). (2012). Competencies for community psychology practice:Society
for community research and action draft August 15, 2012. The Community Psychologist,
45(4),814.
National Science Foundation (2014). Unemployment among Doctoral Scientists and Engineers
Increased but Remained Below the National Average. Retrieved from https://www.nsf.gov/sta-
tistics/infbrief/nsf14310/
Scott, R. L. (2007). Establishing core competencies for students in community psychology. The
Community Psychologist, 40(1),3841.
Wolfe, S., & Dalton, J. (Eds.). (2010). Learning key competencies for community psychology
practice: Collaboration with citizens and communities, group processes. The Community
Psychologist, 43(2),911.
Wolfe, S., & Dalton, J. (Eds.). (2011). Learning key competencies for community psychology prac-
tice:Leadership, mentoring, and supervision. The Community Psychologist, 44(2),916.
I have heard of community psychology but Ido not know what it is as a discipline.
Afriend made this statement the morning Isat to draft this chapter. It is a state-
ment Ihave heard many times as a government employeeoften from people like
my friend who are interested in public health or evaluation careers and are gath-
ering information about doctoral programs that will train them to work in these
fields. Iam not known as a community psychologist because it is neither a part of
my job title nor job description. In fact, Iwas surprised to learn there were com-
munity psychologists working for the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC) when I started in 2011. Another trained community psychologist began
on the same team on the same day as me. Our team leader was a community psy-
chologist, and at least two other existing team members had community psychol-
ogy training. We are, in fact, everywhere across the agency, performing a myriad of
roles as researchers, program evaluators, project officers, contract specialists, spe-
cial assistants to agency leaders, and as experts in translating research into practice.
Before describing what I do, how community psychology training competencies
are reflected in my practice, the process of obtaining my position, and the advice
Iwould give for job seekers, Iwould like to share how Igot into public health and
program evaluation.
Backstory
My first job was a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Iowa in the College
of Public Health. Less than a year into my job, I applied for an open Assistant
Professor position in the Department of Community and Behavioral Health.
20
During this time, I also worked in the University of Iowa Prevention Research
Center (PRC):first in the postdoctoral role and then as the Assistant Director of
the PRC. Finally, Iserved as the PRC evaluator from 2006 until Ileft the univer-
sity in 2010. Community-based participatory research (W.K. Kellogg Foundation
Community Health Scholars Program, 2001)was a core function of the PRC and it
was my niche. Ioften describe the PRC as the place where my community psychol-
ogy background and public health role came together in practice. It was my experi-
ence in the role as the PRC evaluator, however, that helps explain how Ihave come
to do my current work atCDC.
In 2006, I attended my first American Evaluation Association (AEA) annual
evaluation conference. I attended AEA to learn about evaluation because I was
expected to perform as the PRC evaluator, despite not having taken a single pro-
gram evaluation course in my graduate program. Idiscovered that this was a similar
story for most program evaluatorswe learned evaluation while doing evaluation.
The AEA conference is a great source of evaluation training, and hosts a summer
institute every year in Atlanta, Georgia, that Iattended from 2006 to 2010. Ilearned
evaluation theory, design, and planning through the conference, institute, and web-
based trainings offered byAEA.
Several well-known and recognizable community psychologists were already
influential within AEA when Ifirst began attending the conference, and the pres-
ence of evaluators trained in community psychology has grown steadily over the
years. At the 2011 AEA evaluation conference, Ivolunteered to serve as co-chair of
the inaugural Community Psychology Topical Interest Group (CP TIG) during its
first business meeting. Iwas co-chair from 2012 to 2013 (lead co-chair in 2013)and
a member of the leadership council in 2014. Each year, the CP TIG grows in mem-
bership, receives increasing numbers of conference abstract submissions, and
strengthens ties with other TIGs through joint events. For a full week each year,
current members of the CP TIG write brief evaluation tips from the prospective
of our shared principles and values for AEAs blog, AEA365 (http://aea365.org/
blog/). Anyone can learn more about the CP TIG and its activities by visiting the
website (http://comm.eval.org/CommunityPsychology/Home/).
I left the University of Iowa in 2010. The primary motivation for the move from
academia to an applied setting was more personal than professional. Irespected
and enjoyed working with my peers in the Department of Community and
Behavioral Health. Ioften told them if Icould take all of them with me on my
professional journey, Iwould. They were truly collegial and collaborative. My pro-
fessional identity was not wedded to academia, although it was all Iknew. Iwent
straight from undergraduate school to graduate school and then became a pro-
fessor. Many of my classmates in graduate school had worked prior to pursuing
their doctorates. My desire was to gain experience outside of academia as Ididnt
feel Ihad work experience that could enrich my teaching. This is what prompted
mymove.
Although Ileft the university, Ifound many similarities between academic and
applied public health settings. Hierarchies that structure and govern the work exist
in both settings. There is a dean of the college, department heads, tenured profes-
sors, assistant professors, committees, and councils at the university. There are divi-
sion directors, branch chiefs, team leads, committees, and work groups at CDC.
Faculty (in academic setting) and staff (in applied setting) work in topical areas,
have subject matter expertise by topic, and are expected to work collaboratively.
There is support and opportunities for staff to participate in professional develop-
ment training and to maintain professional standing by presenting at professional
conferences such as AEA in both settings. On the whole, the skills Iacquired as an
academic translate well to a career in the federal government.
What IDoNow
I am a behavioral scientist and the lead evaluator for a congressionally funded
domestic violence prevention program (DELTA FOCUS; see: http://www.cdc.
gov/violenceprevention/deltafocus/index.html). This major public health pro-
gram funds state domestic violence coalitions to implement and evaluate programs
to prevent intimate partner/domestic violence at the community and societal levels
of the social ecology. My duties in this position include working with funded grant-
ees, writing contracts and managing the work of contractors, and applying for and
supervising evaluation fellows and fellows who have come through other mecha-
nisms. Additional duties include writing information collection requests to the
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for program evaluation data collections
(the OMB must approve all data collections by entities of the federal government),
developing web-based data collection systems, writing publications, and presenting
at conferences.
The work Ido with and for recipients of federal funding (grantees) is called tech-
nical assistance. For the DELTA FOCUS program (described in more detail below),
technical assistance consists of providing evaluation assistance and program imple-
mentation guidance, conducting trainings, and developing and distributing official
communications to maintain compliance with federal laws, policies, and regula-
tions regarding the use of programmatic funding. This technical assistance occurs
in person during site visits or reverse site visits (reverse meaning they come to CDC
instead of us going to their site), over the phone on site-specific or project-wide
conference calls, or through Internet-based webinars and online trainings. In addi-
tion to these more formal responsibilities, Iserve on committees, working groups,
expert panels, and objective review panels.
In addition to the responsibilities and duties listed above, Iam also required to
write scientific publications and develop dissemination products for the field. CDC
is the leading public health agency in the United States, and is highly regarded for its
science. Staff who frequently publish in peer-reviewed journals are as highly valued
within the federal government as they are in academia. Publishing is an annual per-
formance requirement for most behavioral scientists. As a lead evaluator for DELTA
FOCUS, Ioften meet this requirement through report writing and developing or
assisting in publications such as guidance documents. The performance require-
ment, however, can be met easily by peer-reviewed journal publications.
Obtaining My Position
I currently serve on the Intimate Partner Violence and Teen Dating Violence preven-
tion team in the Research and Evaluation Branch. The branch is one of three in the
Division of Violence Prevention. The division is one of three in the National Center
for Injury Prevention and Control (Injury Center). The Injury Center is one of the
many Centers, Institutes, and Offices of CDC. There are multiple CDC campuses
in Atlanta, Georgia, and additional satellite offices across the United States and the
world. Many career opportunities and locations for employment exist within the
agency (https://jobs.cdc.gov/).
I started at CDC as an associate service fellow on the Research Synthesis and
Application Team in the Program Implementation and Dissemination Branch.
Iwas an associate service fellow for about two years, promoted to a senior service
fellow for a year, and Iam currently a Title 5 government employee. Service fellow
programs at CDC are covered by Title 42, the Public Health Services Act (PHSA,
1983). Service fellows can only be hired to fill scientific or medical roles and are not
Title 5 civil service employees. Service fellow positions may be contracted initially
for one to five years and can be renewed in one-to five-year increments. Service fel-
lows are not recruited through USAJobs.gov; instead, the positions are posted on
job boards and advertised through mailing lists of professional associations, such as
the Society for Community Research and Actions (SCRA) mailinglist.
I saw a CDC senior service fellow job opportunity through the SCRA mailing list
and applied for it as Iwas preparing for my departure from the University of Iowa.
Ihad a phone interview, which was followed by an in-person interview. During the
interviews, Iwas very clear about the type of work Iwanted to do and the impact
Iwanted to make. The alignment between my vision and the job opportunity was
not perfect, but the clarity of the vision meant that the perspective Icould bring to
the agency and the work was seen and valued.
My expertise is more functional than topical. Program evaluation and com-
munity participatory research are my areas of functional expertise. Ihave worked
across a myriad of public health topics (homelessness, childhood obesity, physi-
cal activity, adolescent alcohol use, youth violence, teen dating violence, intimate
partner violence, and HIV/AIDS prevention). Opportunities to work across these
public health topics have occurred inside academia and the federal agency where
Icurrentlywork.
their ambitions, can they hold a conversation, and would this person represent us
well at a professional meeting or conference. How a person performs in an interview
is one of those intangible factors that make a difference.
Networking is invaluable. Do not be afraid to seek people out for career advice.
Even if these people are not in the position to make hiring decisions, they may be
willing to mentor, provide career advice, or connect you to someone who is hiring.
Do you speak with people at conferences? Who are you publishing with? Who are
you otherwise connected with professionally? When Ishadowed community orga-
nizers and collected data for my dissertation research, people spoke to me because
of the credibility of the person introducing me to them. The same principle applies
when seeking a job in government or academia.
Subject matter expertise is highly valued in federal agencies. Subject matter
expertise can be developed informally through participation in content-specific
projects. Formally, CDC and other federal agencies offer other types of training
that are incredibly valuable. CDC and the United States Department of Health
and Human Services offer free courses on public health, evaluation, leadership
and management, and other topics. These courses can be onsite or web-based. In
contrast, there are mandatory trainings for every government employee on vari-
ous topics including professional ethics, security awareness, and records manage-
ment. An employee must complete forty hours of certification training every two
years to manage government-funded contracts. I have benefited from all these
training mechanisms and have embraced every opportunity to expand my skill and
knowledgebase.
Conclusion
Trained community psychologists are well positioned to influence the develop-
ment, implementation, and monitoring and evaluation of projects in ways that
benefit communities, respect their voice, and manage expectations. We have experi-
ence or competencies that teach us that although collaborative, participatory, and
community-driven programs can take a long time to fully develop, they are well
worth pursuing to have meaningful and sustained public health benefits. When
Ileft academia for the federal government, Isaw an opportunity to bring this per-
spective to the important work ofCDC.
While community-driven work in the federal government faces distinctly dif-
ferent accountability pressures than in academia, it is exciting and rewarding work.
The government and funded granteeshealth departments, community-based
organizations, and academicsshare the common goal of preventing all forms of
violence in the United States. For this reason, Ifind my work rewarding and believe
Iam making an important contribution to the field of public health.
CDC Disclaimer: The findings and conclusions in this report are those of the
author and do not necessarily represent the official position of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention.
References
Cox, P. J., Craft, C. A., Keener, D., Wandersman, A., & Woodard, T. L. (2009). Evaluation for
improvement: A seven-step empowerment evaluation approach for violence prevention organiza-
tions. Atlanta, GA:Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
Dalton, J. & Wolff, S. (2012). Joint column:Education connection and the community practitioner.
The Community Psychologist, 45(4),714.
Patton, M. Q. (2010). Developmental evaluation:Applying complexity concepts to enhance innovation
and use. NewYork, NY:GuilfordPress.
Public Health Service Act. 42 U.S.C. 209 (1983).
W.K. Kellogg Foundation Community Health Scholars Program. (2001). Stories of impact [bro-
chure]. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, School of Public Health, Community Health
Scholars Program, National Program Office.
The federal government provides a wide variety of career options for community
psychologists. These include research careers that can be similar or quite different
from those in academia and unique opportunities to shape policy, research, and pro-
gram practice. Many federal employees, including me, originally did not consider a
career in government, and my colleagues have come to the federal government from
a variety of settings including academia, private research organizations, community-
based organizations, nongovernmental organizations, state or local government,
professional organizations, and self-employment. The relative stability of govern-
ment employment often has created stereotypes and obscured the opportunities for
career growth and development. Changes in the federal retirement system during
the 1980s (Kerns, 1986) made it easier for people to enter government after many
years in other settings, and these changes also made it easier to leave government
without sacrificing many retirement benefits. As a result, federal service often repre-
sents an opportunity for new career directions, and the training opportunities avail-
able to federal employees enable further changes in role or content area during the
course of their careers. Entering federal employment has become simpler and more
transparent than in the past with straightforward web-based job descriptions and
application procedures.
I will use this chapter to describe potential roles for community psychologists
in the federal government. Many similar roles, particularly in policy, program pla-
nning, and administration, are possible in state and local government, which will be
covered in Chapter4. As in other settings, it is rare to see federal job announcements
that specifically mention community psychologists, but many opportunities
exist; these also attract people in fields such as applied sociology, applied anthro-
pology, public health behavioral science, social welfare, and health education, as
28
well as other applied subfields within psychology. The areas of overlap with other
fields provide opportunities to build interdisciplinary collaborations and linkages,
although some people feel isolated because their subfield may not be well repre-
sented and its particular contributions may seem unrecognized. This chapter begins
with a brief overview of my background, which Iwill use as a point of departure for
possible roles in the federal government. My career captures some common roles
and experiences better than others, but it provides an opportunity to see how com-
munity psychologists and people in related fields can build a variety of different
careers in the federal government.
to develop guidelines for public health practice. Ialso served on a working group
to promote behavioral and social research at CDC. All of this should highlight the
breadth of research as well as policy and practice opportunities that exist in the fed-
eral government.
My more recent work, at the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) at
NIH, has been more administrative, although Icontinue to be directly involved in
research projects, but without involvement in day-to-day operations such as partici-
pant recruitment and direct data collection. For example, Ihave served on multidis-
ciplinary protocol teams for large, multisite HIV prevention and implementation
studies with a variety of populations. In addition to administering a large portfolio
of grants, Ihave developed or co-led funding initiatives in HIV prevention and drug
abuse prevention research. This has involved successfully advocating for research
concepts, writing funding announcements for those concepts, providing technical
assistance to applicants, and developing funding plans after grant applications have
been reviewed. Topics for these initiatives have included promotion of community
and structural prevention interventions, integration of prevention into new settings,
and promotion of HIV prevention among African Americans and among persons
involved in the criminal justice system. Much of my work involves collaboration
with other institutes at NIH, as well as with other federal agencies. This includes
serving on steering committees that manage cross-NIH programs, participating in
protocol development, and helping to administer cross-NIH grants. Ialso review
grant applications for projects administered by other NIH institutes. I have par-
ticipated in the development of professional guidelines for HIV prevention prac-
tice, but Ihave less involvement in policy development than people at some other
agencies.
Federal employment does not preclude participation in outside organizations,
as long as there are no conflicts of interest resulting from overlap with ones federal
position. In the past, Iserved on the American Psychological Associations (APA)
Committee on Psychology and AIDS as well as various committees and working
groups related to SCRA. Ialso have served on conference planning committees for
organizations such as the Society for Prevention Research. Federal staff often are
involved in activities that academics and community practitioners routinely do.
Ihave guest lectured at Thai universities, and have taught community psychology
at a branch campus of the University of Maryland. Iam currently an editorial board
member for two journals, Ihave been a reviewer for numerous journals, and Ialso
have organized special issues of journals and newsletters. Federal employees rou-
tinely participate as presenters, discussants, and conveners at professional and sci-
entific meetings, as well as meetings organized by multilateral organizations like the
World Health Organization(WHO).
Federal employment often offers opportunities for become involved in teaching
and other types of training related to ones job duties; Iwas part of CDCs Epidemic
Intelligence Service (EIS) training program and have been a guest lecturer for the
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. Ialso have provided trainings to CDC-
funded prevention providers, international non-governmental organizations, and
foreign academic groups. Anumber of my CDC colleagues were heavily involved
in providing capacity building assistance and other kinds of technical assistance to
community-based organizations and health departments.
listed in the announcement, are referred to the agency work unit that is offering the
position for further consideration. The second step, using the list of most qualified
candidates, proceeds much like most non-government hiring processes with inter-
views, checking of references, and so on. There typically is a limit on the number of
final candidates, with separate limits for internal (existing federal employees) and
external candidates. There are rare instances where positions are only open to exist-
ing federal employees or employees of the agency that is hiring, but these require-
ments are always clearly stated in the announcement and usually reflect the need
for specific agency knowledge or specialized expertise. The USAJOBS site provides
updates as one proceeds through the hiring process.
demonstrate skills that may help in the normal hiring process when positions
become open. The best known of these fellowships are postdoctoral programs asso-
ciated with the AAAS. AAAS funds some programs directly (http://fellowships.
aaas.org/) and also works with other organizations that fund similar fellowships like
the American Psychological Association (APA; http://www.apa.org/about/gr/
fellows/index.aspx) and the Society for Research in Child Development (SRCD;
http://www.srcd.org/policy-media/policy-fellowships/about-fellowships). APA
and SRCD fellows share common activities with AAAS fellows and this broadens
their contacts and exposure to the federal government.
AAAS-related fellowships include research or policy-oriented placements in
Executive Branch agencies like NIH, international affairs placements with the
Department of State, and policy-oriented fellowships with Congress. Congressional
placements can involve working for Senators or Representatives staffs or on
staffs of Congressional Committees; APAs fellowships are largely concentrated in
Congress. These AAAS and related programs primarily serve early career profes-
sionals, but also are open to persons who already are established in a career and
provide a mechanism for changing career course. There also are programs which
are similar but do not fall under the AAAS umbrella such as the Society for the
Psychological Study of Social Issues (SPSSI) James Marshall Fellowship (http://
www.spssi.org/index.cfm?fuseaction=page.viewpage&pageid=747) which makes
Congressional placements.
Community psychologists often have taken advantage of the APA Congressional
Fellowships. These positions commonly involve a topical portfolio, such as health,
education, or science, that draw on ones training and expertise and provide oppor-
tunities to contribute to the writing of legislation and oversight of existing federal
programs. Some people have gone on from these fellowships to work in policy
related positions in other parts for the federal government or in policy positions for
organizations likeAPA.
more specialized firms that also have experience doing federal work. Positions tend
to be advertised in varied ways and job seekers may not always be aware from the
advertisements that these positions are in federal agencies. It becomes important to
learn about the organizations large and small that work with federal agencies. Some
of this can come from looking at technical reports and journal articles published by
agency staff (which will include the affiliations of contractors).
Contracting also may occur in ways where there is at least some separation from
federal staff. Universities and research organizations (for-profit and non-profit), of
various sizes, may provide services such as managing laboratories or data centers
for large federal projects or performing evaluations. Positions in these kinds of con-
tractor organizations provide less opportunity to learn about the day-to-day work-
ings of agencies, but do provide opportunities to work with federal staff and learn
about agency functions and climate. This can be a useful way to learn enough to
consider applying for federal employment. There usually is some reference to work-
ing on federal government projects when these positions are advertised, but one
needs to become familiar with organizations that often conduct these types of work.
Examples of larger organizations include RAND, WESTAT, Research Triangle
Institute, FHI360, and Batelle.
of concerns. It has a particular interest in children and youth and has produced
authoritative reports on subjects such as the effects of preventive interventions on
later mental health and substance use (National Research Council & Institute of
Medicine, 2009).
The missions of agencies can be surprising, and the discussion here is, at best,
a starting place. Core missions, such as health care or public health funding, often
have components such as capacity building, technical transfer, and program evalu-
ation. Most agencies with missions related to health or health care have some pre-
vention activities, and these may change in the future depending on continuation
of the Affordable Care Act and its specific provisions. Health care typically includes
behavioral (behavioral health, adherence to health care practices) and system (pol-
icy, implementation) components and recognition of chronic disease as a public
health priority has furthered interest in these areas. It is not unusual to find open-
ings for persons with social and behavioral research skills, such as survey design and
analysis, even in agencies not normally identified with social and behavioral sci-
ence. Regulatory agencies like FDA sometimes find themselves entering into areas
where behavior and social policy are more important than in their historic mission
areas. In the case of FDA, this includes policies to reduce or prevent smoking. Many
agencies appear domestic in their focus, but may have large international missions.
CDC has long had overseas programs conducting research and providing technical
assistance. USDA has international postings related to nutrition, food security, and
agricultural practices. In general, it should not be a surprise when positions become
available in agencies that are not on your radar screen. These positions may not be
a part of the traditional core mission of the agency (a factor that may limit long-term
mobility within an agency), but they may represent areas that do have long-term
potential for growth.
Besides looking at agency missions, it is helpful to look at agency organiza-
tions. These help in making the mission areas more real, although the amount of
information available on agency websites varies widely. Most websites will provide
examples of the work that organizational units within an agency perform. It will
become evident that similar kinds of work across agencies may have different names,
depending on the agency. The administration and funding of services (e.g., Head
Start, Ryan White HIV Care) may be straightforwardly described as services or
may be referred to as programs. Routine monitoring and evaluation functions may
be described as monitoring, or in health agencies as surveillance. Agencies often
have their own acronyms for particular programs and or for particular functions and
these may require some decoding of websites or other public information.
There have been a number of efforts to widen opportunities in the federal gov-
ernment for behavioral and social scientists. These received perhaps their greatest
initiative in the 1990s with particular attention to the agencies under DHHS (e.g.,
Holden, 1993; Snider & Satcher, 1997). Some agencies have offices or working
groups devoted to the promotion of social and behavioral science research. Some
of these, like NIHs Office for Behavioral and Social Science Research (OBSSR),
fund research, although in OBSSRs case, the actual administration of the research
is done by NIH institutes or centers. Offices or working groups in other agencies
may be more limited in their scope. For example, CDCs Behavioral and Social
Science Working Group (BSSWG) is a volunteer organization with limited funds.
When Iserved on the BSSWG Executive Committee, we organized colloquia for
behavioral and social scientists, conducted studies on behavioral and social sci-
ence research at CDC, and addressed ways to attract more scientists in these areas.
Agencies also may have similar units directed at womens health, ethnic/racial
minority health, disabilities, health disparities, or other concerns which may be of
interest. These kinds of working groups tend to vary greatly in their scale and func-
tions, but their activities may include research funding, policy, and/or promotion
of different areas ofwork.
as creating guidelines for program practice, which influence the delivery of service;
collecting official government data; or conducting program planning processes. A
number of years ago, I participated in developing guidelines for the compilation of
epidemiological profiles used in CDC HIV prevention and HRSA Ryan White HIV
treatment service planning. These profiles provide a framework for organizing plan-
ning groups and the range of data that they should use. Recommendations for pro-
fessional practice are common in agencies that deal with health or human services
and these often are more specific than guidelines. I recently participated in devel-
oping recommendations for HIV prevention with HIV-seropositive people which
were published by CDC (CDC, 2014). Those recommendations involved input
from a number of federal agencies and a variety of outside organizations including
community-based organizations, health departments, and professional organiza-
tions, and recommendations reflect specific aspects of clinical practice.
Laws, regulations, guidelines, and practice recommendations have different
ranges of scope and different kinds of influence over government programs and
their funding, as well as in their ultimate influence over systems of service delivery
in the community, overall social conditions, and individual behavior. Regulations
usually are formulated to implement laws. Guidelines and recommendations usu-
ally lack legal standing although they may be used to guide federal programs (e.g.,
recommending periodic testing for infectious diseases like HIV) and may be con-
ditions of federal grants to fund services or research. Policy formation tends to
occur in the Legislative Branch (i.e., Congress) or at upper levels of the Executive
Branch, and in Executive Branch agencies that have regulatory power like FDA.
Guidelines and recommendations typically are formulated at lower levels of fed-
eral agencies and often include active participation by outside advisors (e.g., aca-
demic researchers) and other federal agencies.
Day-to-day work in the federal government often has some impact on policy.
Federal agencies routinely respond to requests from Congress or senior levels of
the Executive Branch to prepare summaries of research findings or ongoing pro-
grams of research or service delivery which can inform development or revision
of policy. Agencies compile this kind of information for panels convened by the
National Academies of Science for authoritative reviews which often influence
policy. Some agencies choose to emphasize their core missions of implementing
services or research rather than strongly identifying with policy activities, even
though they may regularly be asked to provide information to policymakers. In
these cases, the core mission of the agency is defined in terms of professional activi-
ties such as providing services, with the professionalism of that work kept as far
from regulatory or political functions as possible. Some agencies try to provide this
kind of barrier by concentrating their policy functions in work units that involve
public affairs and liaison with Congress or other federal agencies. Community psy-
chologists who are interested in policy work always should investigate the status of
supervision of other staff draw on skills in mentoring that may vary from career
management to transfer of highly technical expertise.
agencies are quite small and some units within a large agency may have only a few
people. Iworked in two places with the title of Prevention Research Branch, one
at CDC and the other at NIDA. The CDC branch had over 30 professional staff,
including contractors, as well as support staff, interns, and postdocs. The NIDA
Branch has five professional staff and a larger budget. The functions are quite differ-
ent, because all of our research in the NIDA prevention program is extramural and
funded through grants, while CDC has many research functions that are conducted
in-house or are extramural but largely organized by CDC but conducted through
cooperative agreements or contracts.
Even in a small agency or a small working group, federal workplaces are
likely to be more structured and hierarchical than most academic environments.
Government work of any kind is associated with significant administrative burdens,
but people who have entered federal research agencies from academic careers often
remark that the burden is similar or less than what they encountered at universi-
ties. There tends to be more regulation of federal workplaces than in the academic
or private sectors, such as more detailed procedures for making travel plans (e.g.,
use of contract carriers for air travel, keeping within expense rates set by locality by
the federal government). Financial holdings and other potential financial conflicts
of interest are closely monitored and potential conflicts of interest that may occur
after leaving the government (e.g., working in a project previously administered as
a government employee). There also are restrictions on involvement in partisan
political activities, although this does not preclude activities such as contributing to
political campaigns, as outlined in the Hatch Act (https://osc.gov/pages/hatchact.
aspx). People considering federal or other public sector employment need to be
clear about how conflict of interest rules may apply to them and to activities they
consider important.
Private research organizations sometimes resemble federal agencies in their
organization, although many of these organizations routinely rotate staff among dif-
ferent projects and have less structured environments than federal agencies. Private
organizations engaged in policy work tend to function in much the same way. The
federal workplace generally is more stable than private sector workplaces, although
people no longer necessarily remain at the same agency or in the federal govern-
ment throughout their careers. The federal environments where Ihave worked have
enabled me to be involved in a wide variety of projects and tasks, but there also are
environments where the work is more programmatic and linear over time, resem-
bling an academic research environment, although sometimes with less autonomy
than one would have as a principal investigator in a university setting. My experi-
ence in the federal government has been one of working in multidisciplinary teams,
and although this is true of many agencies, there also are positions that draw from a
narrow range of disciplines and educational backgrounds.
Most federal employment relevant to community psychology is in the
Washington, DC, metropolitan area, although some agencies are headquartered
outside of the DC area or have substantial operations in other parts of the country.
For example, CDC is headquartered in Atlanta and has most of its operations there,
although it posts people in various state or local health departments, and some of its
units are based elsewhere (the National Center for Health Statistics is in Maryland
suburbs of DC; the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health has
labs and offices in a number of locations, among the largest being Cincinnati and
Pittsburgh). Large agencies often have regional offices, typically in large cities that
serve as regional hubs for commerce and governmental functions (e.g., NewYork,
Chicago, San Francisco, Atlanta). Some agencies post people internationally; out-
side of the Foreign Service, this includesCDC.
Federal employment usually comes with many opportunities for continuing edu-
cation. These may be structured as in the case of various grand rounds series at NIH,
or periodic seminar series that might be offered to smaller audiences. Agencies may
offer semester-long courses on topics of broad interest or short courses on topics of
specific technical interest, such as software instruction, research ethics, or pharma-
cology, and support often is offered to take outside courses related to ones work.
For example, Ihave taken courses on statistics and statistical software on this basis.
Agencies often have regular seminar seriesfor example, the different divisions at
NIDA have weekly seminars that provide in-service education or presentations from
outside researchers. When Iworked at CDC, Iwas involved in organizing quarterly
seminars for behavioral and social scientists across the agency, which included pre-
sentations on community research approaches, quantitative longitudinal methods,
and network approaches to behavior change.
Concluding Comments
Hopefully, this chapter has provided a useful introduction to federal employment
and has demystified how one enters and moves through the federal government,
while offering directions to navigate and decode the large number of federal agen-
cies and their structures. Federal employment involves some constraints, as in the
case of conflict of interest rules, and the relationship to the overall management
of the federal government became apparent in the 2013 government shutdown.
On the other hand, working in the federal government provides relative stability
while also offering opportunities for changing ones roles, responsibilities, and con-
tent areas of interest over time. The federal government includes relatively unique
opportunities in areas like policy, as well as foundations for affecting human ser-
vices, research, and professional practice. Most feds never expected to work in the
federal government, but the opportunities this work provides has led to careers that
they have found distinctively rewarding.
Useful Weblinks
American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS fellowships):http://
fellowships.aaas.org/
American Psychological Association (APA) Congressional Fellowships: http://
www.apa.org/about/gr/fellows/index.aspx
CDC Epidemic Intelligence Service (EIS):http://www.cdc.gov/eis/
CDC ORISE Postdoctoral Fellowships:http://orise.orau.gov/cdc/
CDC Public Health Associate Program (PHAP):http://www.cdc.gov/phap/
Congressional Black Caucus Foundation:http://www.cbcfinc.org/internships/
Congressional Hispanic Caucus Institute:http://www.chci.org/fellowships/
NIH Guide (listing funding opportunity announcements and other notices of
interest to the research community):http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/
Office of Personnel Management, Federal Pay Scales:http://www.opm.gov/policy-
data-oversight/pay-leave/salaries-wages/
Society for the Psychological Study of Social Issues (SPSSI), James Marshall Fellowship:
http://www.spssi.org/index.cfm?fuseaction=page.viewpage&pageid=747
Society for Research in Child Development (SRCD) Fellowships: http://www.
srcd.org/policy-media/policy-fellowships/about-fellowships
US Public Health Service Commissioned Corps:http://www.usphs.gov/aboutus/
Website listing current job openings in the federal government: http://www.
USAJOBS.com
Glossary
Cooperative Agreement:Atype of grant (see definition) to fund research or services made by a
federal agency to an external organization (e.g., state/local government, academic institution,
nonprofit or for-profit research organization) that also includes substantial participation from
the federal agency and its staff, such as protocol development, study design, data analysis, or
technical assistance.
Contract:An agreement between a federal agency and an external organization (e.g., state/local
government, academic institution, nonprofit or for-profit research organization) to provide
deliverables (products of some type of work), such as the collection of data, data analysis, or
delivery of services (e.g., services to the agency like computer support or services to the general
public). Payment usually is tied to performance, which is judged in relation to the deliverables.
Executive Branch:The Branch of the government that ultimately reports to the President. Most
federal agencies familiar to the public are in the Executive Branch (e.g., NIH, CDC, USDA)
and fall under cabinet agencies such as the Department of Health and Human Services, whose
directors are appointed by the President. The Executive Branch contrasts with the Legislative
(Congress) and the Judiciary (courts) Branches.
Extramural Research: Research that is funded by a federal agency and carried out by an exter-
nal organization (e.g., state/local government, academic institution, nonprofit or for-profit
research organization); extramural research conducted under a grant or contract will be
administered by the federal agency but will not include direct federal staff participation as col-
laborators. Extramural research conducted under a cooperative agreement will have substantial
participation from a federal agency and its staff, such as protocol development, study design,
data analysis, or technical assistance.
Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA): A formal announcement published for public
distribution that indicates interest by a federal agency in seeking applications for grants, con-
tracts, or cooperative agreements to carry out particular kinds of research or services. Some
FOAs have formal commitments of funds (also known as set-asides) for these activities and
are known as Requests for Applications (RFAs, grants & cooperative agreements) or Requests for
Proposals (RFPs, contracts). Other FOAs usually are standing announcements of interest but
without specific set-asides.
Grant: A mechanism by which a federal agency provides funds to an eligible organization (e.g.,
state/local government, academic institution, nonprofit or for-profit research organization) to
carry out an approved project or activity, such as a research project, contingent on adequate
progress on the project as monitored by the federal agency. This is contrasted with contracts
that involve deliverables rather than activities, and cooperative agreements, which are a type
of grant wherein the federal government is an active participant in projects rather than only
providing monitoring and related technical assistance.
Interagency Personnel Agreement: A contract between federal agencies or between a federal
agency and an external organization (e.g., state/local government, academic institution) to
permit time-limited exchanges of personnel for specific purposes such as technical assistance,
training/teaching, program development or program management and administration.
Intramural Research:Research funded and carried out principally by a federal agency, using its
ownstaff.
Multilateral (Organization or Agreement): Multilateral refers the presence of multiple partners
who have agreed to work together on a particular project or through support of an organization
that they fund. International treaties and other binding agreements often are multilateral in
scope. The United Nations and its agencies, such as the World Health Organization, UNAIDS,
and UNICEF, are examples of multilateral organizations.
Acknowledgments
The author wishes to thank Harold Perl, Redonna Chandler, Mark Sweiter, and Jack
Stein who provided helpful editorial comments for this chapter.
Disclaimer: The views expressed are those of the author and do not necessarily
represent those of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the National Institutes of
Health, the Department of Health and Human Services, or the US Government.
References
Campbell, A. K., Lubasik, S.J., & McGeary, G.H. (Eds.). (1993). Improving the recruitment, retention,
and utilization of federal scientists and engineers. Washington, DC:National AcademiesPress.
Centers for Disease Control & Prevention (CDC) (2014). Recommendations for HIV prevention
with adults and adolescents with HIV in the United States, 2014. Atlanta:Author.
Holden, C. (1993). Congress passes broad NIH bill. Science, 260,149.
Jenkins, R.A., Averbach, A.R., Robbins, A., Cranston, K., Amaro, H., Morrill, A., ... Carey, J.W.
(2005) Improving the use of data for HIV prevention decision making:Lessons learned. AIDS
& Behavior, 9, S87S99.
Kerns, W. L. (1986). Federal Employees Retirement System Act of 1986. Social Security Bulletin,
49,510.
Mansergh, G., Naorat, S., Jommaroeng, R., Jenkins, R.A., Jeeyapant, S., Rujijanakul, W., ... van
Griensven, F. (2006). Adaptation of venue-day-time sampling in Southeast Asia to access men
who have sex with men for HIV assessment in Bangkok. Field Methods, 18, 135152.
National Research Council, & Institute of Medicine. (2009). Preventing mental, emotional, and
behavioral disorders among young people:Progress and possibilities. Washington, DC:National
AcademiesPress.
Snider, D. E., & Satcher, D. (1997). Behavioral and social sciences at the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention:Critical disciplines for public health. American Psychologist, 52, 140142.
van Griensven, F., Thanprasertsuk, S., Jommaroeng, R., Mansergh, G., Naorat, S., Jenkins, R.A.,
... the Bangkok MSM Study Group (2005). Prevalence and risk factors for HIV-1 infection
among men who have sex with men in Bangkok, Thailand. AIDS, 19, 521526.
van Griensven, F., Naorat, S., Kilmarx, P.H., Manopaiboon, C., Jeeyapant, S., Chaikummao, S., ...
Tappero, J.W. (2006). Palmtop-assisted self-interviewing for the collection of sensitive behav-
ioral data: Randomized trial with drug use urine testing. American Journal of Epidemiology,
163, 271278.
Community psychology was not my chosen career, but Ihave spent my entire pro-
fessional life grounded in some of the most basic principles of the field that have
enhanced everything Ihave done. My chosen field was education, specifically spe-
cial education, but early on in my career Iworked for two dedicated community
psychologists. Together we built a long-lasting center for the advocacy and empow-
erment for marginalized groups, taking the best of two distinct but related fields
special education and community psychology. Our history of collaborative work
is evident in many action research/evaluation and systems-change projects related
to disability. In addition, working within an academic department focused on dis-
ability studies provided us the perfect opportunity to combine these two fields
effectively to address broader issues of empowerment among specific groups of dis-
enfranchised communities.
In this chapter, I share my journey from being a young professional starting off
my career with an eagerness to make a great impact on social issues to achieving
this in leaps and bounds with the principles of community psychology interwoven
into everything I have done. In the evolution of my professional life over a 25-year
period, I have gone from being a project coordinator, to teaching in an inner city
neighborhood, to being a researcher and community organizer, to an administra-
tor in a large public school system, national and international speaker, a governors
appointee leading a large state agency, finally culminating in my current role as CEO
of a nonprofit organization. It is worth highlighting the role that community psy-
chologists can have in systems change, policy and legislation development, program
evaluation, and intervention design. As I review my accomplishments I will share
the importance of including the principles of community psychology to achieve
true change one community at a time.
50
InitialYears
As Iapproached graduation for a BA, a professor referred me for a job as a pro-
gram coordinator working in what was then the University Affiliated Programs in
Developmental Disabilities for the state of Illinois, now the University Center for
Excellence. The position entailed working for two community psychologists who
were implementing two distinct programs:One was a statewide program for the
empowerment of self-advocates and their families to use policy and local elected
officials to change their communities; The other an intervention program for youth
with disabilities to teach them how to recruit mentors to set and attain personal
goals. The referral turned out to be a productive partnership that combined the
expertise of CP with my experience as a special education teacher. The two profes-
sors needed a strong educator to carry out their interventions and it was the start of
what would become a lifetime collaboration.
In these initial years Iwas introduced to the theoretical principles of CP and their
practical use to support policy change and individual empowerment. We used the
principles of education and CP to implement and achieve grant goals, such as work-
ing with federal and state agencies. The Partners-in-Policymaking training programs
allowed us to educate self-advocates and their families in order to make change in
their local communities (Balcazar, Keys, Bertram, & Rizzo, 1996). We worked to
empower individual participants and support their efforts in local communities
throughout an entire state. We achieved this through a delicate balance of educa-
tion, modeling, and support, and even now, 25years later, individuals who began as
program participants are still taking on leadership roles in the state to advocate for
the disability community.
The Back-to-School & Work program supported youth with disabilities who
dropped out of high school in finding mentors and setting and attaining their goals
(Taylor-Ritzler etal., 2001). This program also required the collaboration with state
vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselors to educate them about best practices and
change their every-day practice when working with youth of color with disabilities
to incorporate more culturally appropriate styles. The need was identified by both
the VR counselors themselves and also existing research on the limited linguistic
and cultural competence among service providers working directly with clients.
We used our understanding of the intersection of race, disability, and culture. We
developed the capacity of existing counselors and professionals to work with indi-
viduals from marginalized communities facing challenges of poverty, violence, and
language barriers. Including these community representatives further validated our
approach to being participatory and inclusive. In other words, it was much more
powerful to have professionals learn directly from the individuals they were serving
than from just us, another group of professionals.
In these early years, Ibecame enchanted by how well CP fit with education and
how much we were able to achieve together instead of in isolation. We achieved
true change by using participatory action research where we implemented the basic
principles of both fields, but also by listening and adapting as necessary, based on
the needs of our partners in the community. For example, working with drop-out
youth who mistrusted schools and teachers was challenging. Many of these young
people hated the adults in their schools, so gaining their trust became part of our
intervention with them; giving them a voice and an active role in working toward
their goals was powerful. The result was the start of their empowerment and devel-
opment toward becoming self-advocates.
MiddleYears
With a strong foundation in CP principles, Itransitioned out of the role of proj-
ect coordinator and moved on to full-time teaching as a special education teacher
in an inner city school. I continued to use my passion for CP, however, to work
with students and provide a process for empowering them and their families. While
Iwas a special education teacher, Irealized that Iwas doing things differently, and
it was having a positive effect on both my students and my schoolsfor example,
having individualized education plan (IEP) meetings where the students and their
families were actually engaged in the dialogue and the process of setting their goals.
These were, of course, the expectation for all IEP meetings, but at the time this out-
come was not a reality, often because the special educators in charge of the process
were not well prepared to teach parents and students how to be empowered and in
control. Iwas fortunate to have been introduced to a different a way of looking at
special education and my role as a teacher in this environment. Iunderstood that
by having greater participation, the chances of being more effective increased sig-
nificantly. Students and their limited family support started to come to meetings
with questions and slowly grew to have their own agendas for their meetings, tak-
ing on the role of facilitating their meetings and engaging in dialogue. These were
not techniques or values Ilearned in the College of Education, but rather through
my early professional experience. After six years in the classroom, Ireturned more
directly to academic life, and with my colleagues, focused for the next seven years
on building a center grounded in the principles of community inclusion, empower-
ment, research, and education.
Being the center director allowed me to have national exposure within federal
agencies mostly associated with a focus on education. We used the chemistry of
education and CP to grow through multiple federal grants, expanding our success
on a national level by chairing a national conference every year and teaching others
in the field of education how participatory action research enhanced our capacity to
meet the deliverables of each of our complex community-based programs. During
with them in a participatory way, not only by listening, but also by engaging them
as leaders to advise on the implementation of the closure and its evaluation. This
process was challenging but fruitful, and it continued long beyond the first year of
planning for the school closure. Ibrought in a comprehensive evaluation team led
by CP researchers to ensure that we would be able to measure both the formative
process of the closure as well as the long-term outcomes and the impact on the stu-
dents themselves. The decision to bring in an outside evaluation team gave cred-
ibility to our commitment to learn from the process and to inform future school
closures. The evaluation was used by departments across this large urban school
district in the years that followed when nonspecial education schools were closed
annually. Little did these educators know that the evaluation that was conducted
by a group of community psychologists was informing the dos and donts in future
school closures.
PresentYears
Once again an opportunity presented itself that Icould not pass upI was asked
to become a state officer in the fifth largest state in the nation and was appointed
by the governor to serve as the assistant director for the Illinois Department of
Public Health (IDPH). In this role, I was charged with the day-to-day manage-
ment of the agency, overseeing more than 1,000 employees and managing a budget
of over $200million with a scope and reach for the entire state. Ineeded my CP
background more than ever when working with the 96 local health departments
statewide, the general assembly, and countless constituents, all with different agen-
das and issues. My task was all encompassing and Ioversaw everything from health
promotion to health-care reform implementation, nursing home and hospital regu-
lation/oversight, and health protection. The most valuable CP principle Iused in
this role was the ability to work with community members to achieve changes in
legislation and policy, as well as in every day practices. Working on the revision of
the Nursing Home Care Act, we held on-going stakeholder meetings, giving various
groups the voice they needed to ensure that the final version of the legislation was
able to protect the residents of these facilities for years tocome.
As IDPH assistant director, Iwas also able to work with other state agencies on
multiple initiatives, but the largest was the health-care reform implementation pro-
cess and the managed care roll-out. As the state embarked on a large pilot for man-
aged care, Iled the development of a comprehensive evaluation of the initiative and,
once again, brought together an interdisciplinary team of researchers and evaluators
that included community psychologists to complete this task. Even after my depar-
ture from the state, this evaluation work continues and is also informing the future
roll-out of managedcare.
After almost three years of this work, I transitioned to my current role as CEO
of a nonprofit community-based agency providing inclusive services to adults with
disabilities. In this role, I am able to use my entire past experience to move this
agency from good to great. Every day I incorporate all the principles of CP to run
this organizationI ask the critical questions: How do we know we are being effec-
tive? Where is the voice of our clients? How are we working to change communities
through our services? How can we better empower our staff to support the clients?
These are all questions that guide me and my teams work every day. As CEO, I am
able to include these principles and begin to change the way our staff, of over 400,
see their work. Highlighting this to the board of directors during the recruitment
process made me standout from other candidates. Boards are charged with the
responsibility of finding the best leader for their nonprofit organizations and often
focus on seeking a candidate with management and leadership experience, along
with financial savvy. However, as a professional in CP you have a better advantage
demonstrating unique strengths for ensuring that all stakeholders voices are heard
to bring about long-term systemic change.
Researcher toAdministrator
Many administrators land those roles because someone perceived that they were
very good at their content area. An architect may become a VP, not because she or
he took a course in administration or personnel management, but because of the
individuals effectiveness at completing projects or bringing in business. I became a
school district administrator, not because I took a course on leadership or manage-
ment, but because I was an excellent teacher and researcher who was also involved
in CP work. As a teacher and researcher, I began the process of tying my talents
to effect policy change. One example was my work on a local citywide task force
that resulted in new policies and programs. Aligning yourself to opportunities that
may not pay demonstrates your initiative and motivation to get involved and work
toward systems change. While you may feel that some of this work should be paid,
the relationship-building and networking will pay off in the long run. From this
work, I was uniquely positioned to bring change to a large district office hungry for
innovation. When new leadership came in, I was selected to lead a large division
with a broad reach.
From day one, be transparent and lead by principle. Teach your staff/team that
you incorporate accountability and share responsibility for outcomes. Lead and
manage from that perspective and you will position yourself for continued growth.
Respect is earned and does not come with a title. The more Ihave advanced in my
career, the more Iunderstand that every new role should teach you something new.
The only way to be a lifelong learner and leader is to engage with each new com-
munity from a new perspective. You cant change something that you arent a part of
and dont fully understand.
decisions should be data driven. Some of the most well-intentioned initiatives can
fail miserably when based on outdated policies or legislation. As a leader you must
have the strength to lead change. Similarly, without strong data to support public
policy decisions, we run the risk of enacting conflicting mandates that result in regu-
lations that cannot be implemented or monitored. Just because its the law doesnt
mean it is implemented or implemented well. Using the five foundational principals
of CP will enhance your strengths as a leader (Dalton & Wolfe,2012).
State OfficertoCEO
Holding the position of state officer prepares one for almost any subsequent role.
The pure size of a state agency and its function of being reactive instead of proactive
makes one ready to handle a wide range of unexpected events. Moving from IDPH
to a social service nonprofit organization serving people with disabilities, Iwas able
to bring negotiating expertise to get stakeholders to buy in for change. As CEO, you
manage, motivate, and lead large teams to engage together to achieve long-lasting
change. Using research and evaluation to inform program development and imple-
mentation as well as accountability is a powerful but underutilized tool. The CEO is
the face and voice of an agency, but it can only be a strong voice if it is informed by
its stakeholdersboth staff and constituents. How does a CEO know she or he is
being effective? Effectiveness can only be defined by concrete measures of change.
Thus, research and evaluation are at the core of teaching people the difference
between process outputs and true outcomes. Nonprofit sector philanthropy is no
longer about giving to charitable causes. Foundations, donors, and investors want
to see the impact of their resources and are therefore demanding evidence of out-
comes, whether large or small. Show me the money is now Show me thedata.
Conclusion
Dalton and Wolfes (2012) comprehensive list of community psychology principles
for the field include five foundational principles and an additional four that focus
on unique community psychology areas of practice (see Figure1.1, this volume).
As Ireview the broad span of my career as an accidental community psychologist,
Irealize that Ihave used almost all the principles outlined. Using this long list of
principles or competencies has made me a strong leader and given me the capacity
to impact community change.
At the top of the list are (1)empowerment and (2)community inclusion and
partnership. Empowerment, defined as the ability to support marginalized groups
and give access to decision-making and resources (Dalton & Wolfe, 2012)has been
at the core of every position Ihave had from the start of my professional journey.
When students have asked about the qualities of a good leader, Ialways put passion
as the number one quality. Figuring out what you are passionate about early on will
allow you to approach every task with energy and conviction. For me, my guid-
ing principle has been the facilitation of empowering processes with the individuals
Iserve, from my students or project participants to the educators and schools in
inner city neighborhoods; and from beneficiaries of good public health policy to
the clients that Iserve within the nonprofit sector.
Along with empowerment comes community inclusion and partnership. Dalton &
Wolfe define this foundational principle by highlighting representation and respect
for all community members. Some concrete examples of this have included the
development of community forums to gain input from local stakeholders. When
Iled the closure of schools in a large urban school district, we developed a mecha-
nism for holding monthly discussions to listen to the issues, answer questions, and
also to receive feedback and input on the process, as well as the desired outcomes
for the students. Similarly at the state level, Iformed an advisory council that was
representative of the stakeholder groups, including people who were impacted by
state agency closures and moves, and Iincluded their family members as well as
professionals supporting and providing services to guide the development of the
comprehensive evaluation process. This diverse group of individuals gave input on
everything from how to collect data, what items to use in the data collection tools,
and how to present the findings.
Moving beyond the foundational principles, Ihave also been engaged in the fol-
lowing community psychology competencies:
decision making. This will also help me change views and the way we do business
in the nonprofit sector.
Having outcomes is no longer just an option; it is a requirement to continue to
survive in a highly competitive philanthropic space. Many nonprofits dont have the
internal vision or capacity to understand how to collect and use empirical data to
demonstrate their critical role in community. As the CEO of a nonprofit, Ibring this
unique community psychology competency and principle to ensure that my non-
profit is able to overcome this limitation. It is also vital to build the internal capacity
of my team to embrace these principles. Itell them to embrace these principles and
use them every day to improve the quality of our work and the outcomes we expect
for our clientsthe people who make it possible for us to do what we do everyday.
References
Balcazar, F.E., Keys, C.B., Bertram, J.F., & Rizzo, T. (1996). Advocate development in the field
of developmental disabilities: A data-based conceptual model. Mental Retardation, 34(6),
341351.
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (2012). Education connection and the community practitioner. The
Community Psychologist, 45(4),713.
Taylor-Ritzler, T., Balcazar, F.E., Keys, C.B., Hayes, E., Garate-Serafini, T., & Espino, S.R. (2001).
Promoting attainment of transition-related goals among low-income ethnic minority students
with disabilities. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals, 24(2). 147167.
US Department of Education (2004). Building the Legacy: IDEA 2004. http://idea.ed.gov/
explore/view/p/,root,statute,I,D,662,c,3.
I write this chapter toward the end of a long career in clinical and community psy-
chology that has afforded me a wide variety of interesting opportunities. Today,
I am actively retired. I do almost all of my work as a volunteer. I do not know
whether my particular experiences can be generalized to current community psy-
chology graduates, however, Iwill try to suggest principles and strategies that might
assist those graduates interested in building community based practices, and to give
examples of the different types of work they mightdo.
Background
I have always operated on the action side of the Society for Community Research
and Action, and almost always within (or in collaboration with) the relevant systems
rather than in an adversarial stance. I graduated from Louisiana State University
(LSU) with a PhD in clinical psychology in January of 1964. The words commu-
nity psychology were never spoken during my graduate training. Indeed, Irecall no
explicit references to understanding clients within their community context. While
at LSU, Ijoined the US Army to take advantage of its graduate psychology program.
I completed my clinical internship at Walter Reed Army Medical Center, where
clinical training included a focus on restoring individuals to adequate levels of func-
tioning, rather than on rebuilding their personalities. In 1962, that was an unusual
focus in clinical training. Today we call that recovery orientation.
(Parenthetically, because Ihad both an Army salary and a working wife, Iwas
able to graduate debt-free. Idont think that is common today.)
After completing my final year at LSU while on active duty, I was assigned
to Madigan Army Medical Center outside Tacoma, Washington, late in 1963.
Sometime during that three-year tour of duty, I attended an APA Postdoctoral
61
As my five-year tour of duty ended in 1966, Iapplied for a job (and was hired)
with the Range Mental Health Center in Virginia, Minnesota, located on the Mesabi
Iron Range, approximately 70 miles north of Duluth. At that time it had a staff of five
mental health professionals. We traveled throughout a catchment area the size of
the state of Delaware, working with and through literally every kind of service pro-
vider. The strategy was to support their own efforts to keep working with their own
clients challenged by mental illness. Two days a week we remained in the centers
office doing evaluations, brief therapy, and administrative duties.
Those two sets of experience shaped my service delivery style in ways that laid
the groundwork for the rest of my career. Consultation, outreach, and flexibility
have been the community practice cornerstones for me ever since, as a clinician and
as a community psychologist.
In 1969, I was hired as the director of the comprehensive mental health cen-
ter back in Tacoma, Washington. I learned several important administrative and
Communit y-B a s ed P rac tice Mis s ion :Delive r Ps ychol og y Wal k ing A round 63
organizational principles as Ientered that position and realized what Ihad gotten
myselfinto.
During its three-year history, the center had not developed an effective central
governance or authority. It consisted of multiple organizations with their own gov-
ernance structures, some of whom were funded through a declining federal staffing
grant and some who were voluntary participants. One previous Center director had
come and gone. Iwas hired by the new nonprofit, Center Board, recently formed
to try to rescue the program. Declining federal funding was not offset by the fixed
amount of state grant-in-aid funding, so bankruptcy appeared inevitable.
As rapidly as possible, Ifound and hired a business manager. Aset of tragic cir-
cumstances made it possible to accomplish a merger of the new Center board with
the funded outpatient clinicboard.
Principle: Sometimes one must take major risks, especially when doing
nothing will lead only to failure.
Example: At that time (19691970), Washington States Medicaid
program did not cover mental health services, and the state mental health
authority was unwilling to provide additional grant-in-aid funding. Most
of the people we served were on Medicaid. The centers declining federal
funding base would lead inevitably to bankruptcy. Ilearned, however, that
Communit y-B a s ed P rac tice Mis s ion :Delive r Ps ychol og y Wal k ing A round 65
During the two years that followed my departure from the mental health cen-
ter, Ifound consulting work as a lobbyist, a grant writer, and as a program evalu-
ator for Region X, NIMH (National Institute of Mental Health). Itaught a class
on parish planning to pastors enrolled in a local Doctor of Ministries program for
San Francisco Theological Seminary, and Iconsulted with a womens prison staff
to design an alcohol-drug treatment program. Iwrote two comprehensive mental
health center staffing grant proposals for organizations in Oregon, one of which was
funded. Iconsulted with a group that was preparing to write a staffing grant applica-
tion for the Greater Anchorage Area Borough in Alaska. Even in those days, inde-
pendent consultants had to hustle and apply their skills flexibly.
Communit y-B a s ed P rac tice Mis s ion :Delive r Ps ychol og y Wal k ing A round 67
overhead and prices low, quality of service high, and volume high. Idid not
anticipate the emergence of managed care, but my forecast did come true,
and my practice survived quite nicely in the new competitive and managed
care environments.
Example:From 1978 to 2003, Idelivered Employee Assistance Services
to four local companies, and for several nationwide employee assistance
program providers. Imay have been the first EAP provider in the Puget
SoundBasin.
Discussion
Basic Principle:Collaboration Is a Fundamental Skill
forSuccess inCommunity Psychology Practice
Notice that Ihave included a large number of collaboration examples throughout
this chapter, because Ibelieve strongly in their importance, and because that is how
In the time since I earned my doctorate in clinical and community psychology from
the University of Colorado-Boulder over thirty years ago, I have worked in a variety
of sectors including federal, state, and local government; clinical; academic; inde-
pendent consulting; and philanthropy. I sometimes describe myself as a walking
compendium of careers in community psychology. Although none of my positions
explicitly called for a community psychologist, each has been a match for the values,
skills, and knowledge inherent in the practice of community psychologynone
more so than my fifteen years working at a foundation. I served as a Senior Associate
at the Annie E. Casey Foundation for three years in the 1990s and for the past 16
years have been the President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the Childrens
Fund of Connecticut.
Foundations101
Foundations come in many shapes and sizes but at their core they are about using
resources to promote the public good and improve social or human conditions.
Afoundation is defined as an entity that is established as a nonprofit corporation
or charitable trust, with the principal purpose of making monetary awards, known
as grants, to unrelated organizations, institutions, or individuals for scientific, edu-
cational, religious, or other charitable purposes (Foundation Center, 2014). That
being said, it is commonly observed that if you have seen one foundation, you have
seen one foundation. There are some commonalities, however, that are useful to
know when considering a foundation as a place to work (Foundation Center,2013).
Size and scope. Foundations vary from large national organizations to small local
ones. In 2011, there were 81,777 foundations in the United States with $662 bil-
lion in assets and $49 billion in annual giving.
69
Types. There are two main types of grant-making foundations, largely based on
federal tax requirements:
(1) The largest group are private foundations that include independent (some-
times referred to as family) and corporate foundations. Independent
foundations established by donors or their families account for 90% of all
foundations and 82% of assets. Gates, Ford, Rockefeller, and the Robert
Wood Johnson Foundations are familiar large national independent foun-
dations, as is the Annie E. Casey Foundation. Private foundations are
required by the tax code to distribute 5% of their assets for charitable pur-
poses annually.
(2) Public foundations, sometimes referred to as public charities, receive funds
from diverse sources including individuals, other foundations or gov-
ernment agencies. Community foundations that usually serve a defined
geographic area are a subset of public charities. The Childrens Fund of
Connecticut, where I currently work, is classified as a public charitable
foundation.
Focus. Foundations can determine the purpose and focus of their giving, but the
highest proportion of grant making is in health (28%), education (20%), and
human services (14%), and the largest target populations include economically
disadvantaged (35%) and children (22%), all clearly concerns of high interest to
community psychologists.
usually works as part of a team within the organization as well as in partnership with
many others external to the organization, including government agencies, advo-
cates, and other funders.
I find that people are often daunted by the foundation world. It has an aura of
being somewhat exclusive, hard to break into, inaccessible. My experience is quite
the opposite. There are thousands of foundations and even though fewer than a
third have paid staff, that still leaves thousands of staff positions (approximately
20,000 according to the Foundation Center). Askilled community psychologist is
an asset to any foundation, which by definition is about improving social or human
conditions. By educating oneself about the foundation world, adding it to the list of
possibilities for a career, and finding out about and connecting to colleagues who
work in such settings, a community psychologist will have ample opportunities to
have a most exciting and dynamic career applying his or her values, knowledge, and
skills in an environment where they can make a real difference.
Note
1. Small segments of this chapter appeared previously in Meyers (2011). Column:Acommunity
psychologist in the world of philanthropy. The Community Psychologist, 44(3),1011.
References
Annie E.Casey Foundation. (2014). Retrieved from http://www.aecf.org/AboutUs/Careers.aspx
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (2012). Joint column:Education connection and the community practitio-
ner. The Community Psychologist, 45(4),714.
Foundation Center. (2013). Key facts on US foundations. Retrieved from http://foundationcenter.
org/gainknowledge/research/keyfacts2013/foundation-focus.html
Foundation Center. (2014). Retrieved from http://www.grantspace.org/Tools/Knowledge-Base/
Funding-Resources/Foundations/W hat-is-a-foundation
Meyers, J. (2006). Pathways to reforming childrens mental health service systems:Public and per-
sonal. In A. Lightburn & P. Sessions (Eds.), Handbook of community-based clinical practice (pp.
204220). Cary, NC:Oxford UniversityPress.
Meyers, J. (2011). Column:Acommunity psychologist in the world of philanthropy. The Community
Psychologist, 44(3),1011.
Meyers, J., & Davis, K. (1997). State and foundation partnerships to promote mental health systems
reform for children and families. In C. Nixon & D. Northrup (Eds.), Evaluating mental health
services:How do programs for children work in the real world (pp. 95116). Thousand Oaks,
CA:Sage Publications.
Leading theWay
The Role of Community Psychology in Nonprofits
Victoria Chien Scott and Greg Meissen
There are numerous leadership opportunities and a great need for more effective
leadership in the nonprofit sector. While community leadership is one of the 18
community psychology competencies, it is rarely addressed by community psy-
chologists or taught in community psychology graduate education programs. Not
surprisingly, those community psychologists who do find themselves in nonprofit
leadership positions typically do not have formal education or practical experience
in the community and organizational capacity-building domain of the community
psychology competencies upon entry into these positions. Those community psy-
chologists who are involved in community-based research with nonprofits or those
who are consultants also often do not have the background to share community
leadership concepts and skills. At the same time, many community psychology stu-
dents are motivated to work in the nonprofit sector because they care deeply about
social justice and health issues addressed by these organizations, but it is difficult
for the academic settings to naturally encourage careers and future leaders in the
nonprofit sector.
Community psychology graduate students have always and will always worry
about getting a job. Amajor leadership transition of founders and long-term direc-
tors of nonprofits has begun, so the nonprofit sector would welcome our graduates
(Adams, 2010). While developing practica with nonprofits is routine in graduate
education, those experiences are typically designed to practice skills such as pro-
gram development and particularly program evaluation, but they are rarely focused
on the actual organizational and leadership issues within nonprofits. Intentionally
providing nonprofit leadership skills within a community leadership framework
based on the values and competencies of community psychology would prepare
both masters and doctoral community psychologists for the nonprofit sector.
While there are a number of reasons for this lack of education in community lead-
ership as a competency within community psychology as a field, one fundamental
78
wages, long hours for staff, stressful working conditions, high staff turnover, and low
morale, and those managing nonprofits find themselves attempting internal culture
change to address these adaptive challenges, often without positive results (Adams,
2010). A positive approach to internal organization development, especially for
community psychologists, is through a leadership development framework. Rather
than a focus on low moral or a dysfunctional organizational culture, helping staff to
understand leadership and to learn leadership skills that produce higher levels of
impact and self-care does much more to enhance culture and productivity.
Using a leadership framework within nonprofits translates to those individuals
being served and to partner organizations. Working collaboratively to build the lead-
ership skills of everyone involved has great potential for sustained positive change
(Baker, 2014). Community leadership is not about positional leadership but rather
leaderful behavior that facilitates positive change (Crislip & OMalley, 2013). In a
comprehensive analysis of leadership, Crawford, Brungardt, and Maughan (2005)
concluded that there are several practical leadership behaviors (e.g., collaboration,
empowerment, servant leadership) that naturally and logically relate to commu-
nity psychology. If more people become skilled and confident in their community
leadership abilities, they will be more effective on those issues about which they
care deeply, making our communities better. Mental health consumer-run organi-
zations (CROs) are informative examples of how a leadership framework can pro-
vide opportunities and roles for those previously prohibited from leadership and
enhance individual, organizational, and community outcomes (Brown, Shepherd,
Merkle, Wituk, & Meissen, 2008; Shagott, Vu, Reinhart Wituk, & Meissen,2009).
A foundation of community psychology is working collaboratively with dis-
empowered groups and communities while successfully refusing to operate from
a deficient model but instead from an approach that capitalizes on strengths and
assets. Community psychologists, using a community leadership framework with
nonprofits and those groups nonprofits serve, can be more powerful and have more
sustainable impact (Figure 7.1, Meissen, Greenleaf & Hakim, 2011). All community
psychology research and practice should have empowerment as an outcome, and a
community leadership framework virtually ensures that. A community leadership
framework gives voice to the concerns of many, especially the historically marginal-
ized and oppressed, allowing nonprofit and citizen leaders to transcend traditional
positional power roles and focus on community strengths to solve adaptive chal-
lenges. Anyone can lead, anytime, anyplace (Crislip & OMalley, 2013; Green &
McBride,2015).
Using a community leadership framework takes the kind of leadership skills
cited by the Center for Creative Leadership (2006), including interpersonal open-
ness, building relationships, commitment, and the ability to persuade many oth-
ers to get involved. Shankman and Allen (2008) assert that community leadership
deals with systems and settings with a focus on the social capital mobilized for the
common good within nonprofits and our communities. Adaptive work involves
proactively engaging the hard work of innovation, experimentation, and cultural
Community Psychology
Practice
Shared Leadership
Community Psychologists
Community Members
As early as the 1930s, Kurt Lewin (Lewin, Lippit, & White, 1939)found that
participative leadership was more effective than other approaches, but only in
this century has community leadership emerged with a vision that everyone
can be a leader with an emphasis on collaboration, facilitation, inclusion, use of
group process around a shared vision, grassroots advocacy, and empowerment
(Crislip & OMalley, 2013). While community psychologists embrace this same
vision, we have not discovered contemporary community leadership as evi-
denced in the lack of information in our text books, journals, or graduate educa-
tion (Ayon & Lee, 2009). It is understandable that community psychologists did
not embrace the traditional leadership theory and research that emerged from
social psychology, as that work focused more on a few unique individuals (i.e.,
great man theory) who had traits deemed necessary for leadership, while most
people did not (Segal, 2000). The work of Robert Greenleaf around the concept
of servant leadership also has not resonated with community psychologists, in
part due to the negative connotation of the term servant (Meissen, Greenleaf, &
Hakim, 2011). Nor did community psychology embrace the management-
oriented leadership theories that emerged primarily from business in the 80s
and 90s, with their emphasis on maximizing personal effectiveness and com-
pany profits (Covey,1990).
The primary venues for the application of community leadership are national,
state, and local community leadership development programs, which operate on
the philosophy that if more well-meaning people can become involved in the issues
that impact their local communities with a higher level of skill taught in those
programs, positive impacts are likely (Putnam, Feldstein, & Cohen, 2004; Wituk,
Ealey, Clark, Heiny, & Meissen, 2005). As keynote speakers at that the 1999 SCRA
Biennial Conference on Community Research and Action, Lappe and Dubois
(1997) argued the following.
The biggest problems facing Americans are not those issues that bombard
us daily, from homelessness and failing schools to environmental devasta-
tion and the federal deficit... The crisis is that we as a people dont know
how to come together to solve these problems. We lack the capacities to
address the issues or remove the obstacles that stand in the way of public
deliberation. Too many Americans feel powerless.(p.7)
to be generative (i.e., leading to new ideas and new action) and improvements
more rapid (Bushe & Fraser,2007).
Fostering learning organizations through empowerment, democratic participation,
collaboration, and respect for diversity:The principle of empowerment prizes indi-
vidual experience and volition. It is rooted in the belief that systems (e.g., fami-
lies, organizations, communities) excel when individuals are empowered to be
agents of the change process. Democratic participation underscores the impor-
tance of deliberation and authentic collaboration as a critical process for maxi-
mizing outcomes, and emphasizes the role of fairness and due process (Kloos
et al., 2012). The principle of collaboration speaks to the interdependence of
individuals, and highlights the importance of relationships in workplace expe-
riences (and beyond!). Respect for diversity, as a principle, honors the unique
set of experiences and qualities that members bring to an experience. Together,
these community psychology principles are some of the core ingredients for fos-
tering an organizational learning environment within your nonprofit. Learning
organizations are organizations where people continually expand their capac-
ity to create the results they truly desire, where new and expansive patterns
of thinking are nurtured, where collective aspiration is set free, and where
people are continually learning to see the whole together (Senge, 1990, p.3).
Underpinning the concept of a learning organization is that ongoing learning is
essential for improvement and sustained effectiveness. Further, learning, across
all levels of an organization can be enhanced when appropriate structures and
processes are put in place. The community psychology principles of empower-
ment, democratic participation, collaboration, and respect for diversity promote
an environment where leaders exist at all levels of the organization (from front-
line to middle management to the executive level) because decision-making
and innovative ideas are encouraged to blossom throughout (versus mostly top-
down). The benefits of learning organizations over more traditional command-
and-control formats have been described in organizational literature (Kerfoot,
2005; Austin,2008).
Sustaining individual and organizational wellness through an ecological perspec-
tive: Viewing issues through an ecological perspective enables leaders to gain
an understanding of how behavior within the workplace relates to the organi-
zational context and broader. This guiding principle shifts our focus beyond the
individual level and encourages leaders to explore the multifaceted dimensions
of an issue. It is well established that our environments are significant drivers of
human behavior and that we are often unaware of the influence of these driv-
ers on our decisions and actions (context minimization error). Being able to
attend to issues across ecological levels (e.g., individual, microsystem, organ-
ization, localities, macrosystem) may not come naturally and takes practice to
do efficiently. It is a skill to be developed, which can help leaders better sur-
vey the pulse of their workplace. Additionally, the ability to assess issues and
their interplay across ecological levels can help nonprofit leaders anticipate and
understand the influence of macrosystem factors (e.g., policy, economics, mass
media) on the organization and members within the organization. In essence, an
ecological lens better prepares leaders to anticipate and respond to the short-and
long-term demands of the nonprofitworld.
Driving continuous quality improvement through data and data-informed decisions:
For nonprofit leaders, it is often obvious when something is not working well
or is in need of improvement. However, the specifics contributing to the inef-
fectiveness is typically multifactorial and not as clear. This is one place where the
metrics, or performance indicators, of your organization can be especially useful.
Organizations in which leaders routinely monitor the metrics of their organiza-
tion outperform those who minimally attend to such data. The logic behind this
is fairly intuitive:monitoring performance metrics gives us a sense of how we are
doing and the specific areas needing improvement; additionally, the mere task of
routinely reviewing performance metrics stimulates reflection, which facilitates
progress.
The principle of making data-informed decisions can also facilitate improve-
ment efforts by enhancing buy-in to those efforts. Research shows that employ-
ees are more inclined to engage in improvement activities when organizational
decisions are perceived to be objective and data-informed, as opposed to sub-
jective opinion. However, the availability of empirical data is only one step in
the direction of making continuous quality improvements. Change management
leaders, Heath and Heath (2010) remind us that the data are necessary, but not
sufficient. As leaders, we must know how to convey the data in such a way that
appeals to the heart and soul (emotions and motivations) of our team members.
Conveying the data in meaningful and compelling ways is just as important as
having the data available.
It is helpful to note that all of us carry our own personal set of guiding principles
too, and that those will vary to the extent in which they overlap with the principles
of the nonprofit organizations that we lead. Adiscrepancy between ones personal
and professional set of guiding principles is not a bad thing. The key is to be aware
of where those discrepancies rest and to exercise practical wisdom (more on this
concept follows) as your decisions and behaviors are led by the guiding principles
you seek to uphold.
In our experience, we have found that accompanying each guiding principle
with a behavioral description can facilitate a shared understanding among non-
profit team members. You can also help team members become aware of the prin-
ciples that inform their actions by organizing an activity that encourages members
to reflect on their personal principles and then assessing the extent to which there
is a correspondence between the personal and organizational principles. Activities
like this promote awareness, dialogue, and understanding. We find that the more we
are in tune with the principles by which we operate, the better positioned we are to
work together as a team and to navigate through challenges.
Making the mission a living, breathing reality: Most people choose to work in
the nonprofit arena because they are interested in improving human and social
conditions. However, it is easy to get distracted and immersed in the day-to-day
demands of the workplace and to lose sight of the why behind the work that we
do. One skill of an effective leader is being able to keep the team connected to
the why. This means staying tapped into the emotions and passions of your team
members. It means keeping the purpose and importance of your nonprofit orga-
nization alive. Retreats, personal stories from the field, and sharing team mem-
ber experiences are some ways to breathe life into the organizations mission.
In a health-care setting that I(Victoria) used to work in, one way that leader-
ship helped team members remember the importance of their roles was to have
hospital patients front-and-center-stage during each annual all-team assembly,
which involved every hospital employee. The patients shared their stories about
visiting our hospital and the difference (positive and negative) that it made in
their lives. The stories were so powerful that they often evoked tears, both happy
and sad ones. Seeing and hearing the patients reminded us of why each of our
roles in the hospital was so important to the outcome of our patients. This mes-
sage could have been delivered to us in a multitude of other ways; for example,
leadership could have simply sent a memo thanking all employees and stating
that they are valuable to the hospitals mission. This latter approach would cer-
tainly be easier and quicker to implement. The impact would beless.
Exercising Practical Wisdom: A millennia ago, the classic philosopher Aristotle
identified the importance of phronesis, or practical wisdom, to leading satisfy-
ing lives, and modern day scientific research proves it to be true (Schwartz &
Sharpe, 2010). Practical wisdom involves figuring out the right way to do the
right thing in a particular circumstance, with a particular person, at a particular
time (pp.56). While rules (policies and procedures) are necessary elements
of an organization, their ability to guide employee decisions and behaviors
bear limits. Rules do not tell employees how to interpret and balance everyday
demands, especially when issues are complex and not so cut and dry. Leading
with practical wisdom means thinking critically and making decisions based on
the particular circumstances of a particular situation. It does not mean ignoring
the rules or making up your own. It means taking the particulars of a situation
into account instead of reflexively making rule-based decisions in the absence
of context and presenting conditions. Being able to exercise practical wisdom
and think critically through situations will increase your probability of success
as a nonprofit leader. Practical Wisdom:The Right Way to Do the Right Things by
Schwartz and Sharpe (2010) provides a wonderful, in-depth description of this
skill, along with informative research findings and examples.
Being Agile with Purpose:Aterm used to by the military, and now in the business
arena, to describe the general conditions of the world we live in is VUCA. This
is an acronym for volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity. As you well
know, the world of nonprofits is constantly changing. Changes are often diffi-
cult to anticipate and present circumstances are often hazy, with many known
unknowns and unknown unknowns. The interdependencies of our organizations
with multiple forces across the ecological levels add to this challenge. We have
found that the reality of VUCA plays a huge part in what makes our work so chal-
lenging, as well as so much fun! Agood friend and mentor of mine (Victoria),
Dr.Moss Blachman at the University of South Carolina, bestowed upon me the
wisdom that as a leader we must be agile with purpose because shift happens
constantly. In other words, we can lead effectively in a world that is characterized
by VUCA by acknowledging that those conditions are constantly at play, holding
steadfast to the organizations mission, and always being ready to re-strategize.
Caring and Managing Inward:We are only so good as we are well. In other words,
we can only lead as effectively as our mind, body, and spirits are vibrant and
well. While foundational, a competency that often gets less attention is caring
and managing inward. This means caring and managing yourself by doing the
things you need to do to be well. Anational study of emerging nonprofit leaders
reported rising rates of burnout (Cornelius, Corvington, & Ruesga, 2008). This
is no surprise given that we live and work in an age where workplace changes
take place faster than ever before as a result of technology, the Internet, and other
innovations. As a society, it also seems like we are busier than we have ever been
before, taking on bigger workloads, multiple jobs and roles, and working longer
hours. Apart of the American culture celebrates this busy mentality, and thus,
corporations like Cadillac successfully use advertisements that boast having only
two-week holidays a year (while European countries have at least one month).
Astrong work ethic is something to celebrate, but taking good care of the self
is essential to our success as leaders. This competency generalizes to our team
members. As a nonprofit leader, regardless of your rank in the organization, tak-
ing care of your team members ultimately contributes to the wellness capacity of
yourteam.
Conclusion
Leadership has been a critical part of humanity since the beginning. Leadership
behaviors are old but there is growing emphasis on both empowering and nudg-
ing individuals, organizations and communities into more positive behavior
(Thaler & Sunstein, 2009). Successful nonprofits are deeply involved in their larger
community, beyond the direct work with those they serve. Community psycholo-
gists can be even more involved in their communities by intentionally approaching
that involvement from a community leadership framework. That leadership expe-
rience and practice could also be part of graduate education. Faculty encourage-
ment to work in nonprofits and with local community nonprofit mentors would be
beneficial to all involved and would lead to local and national career opportunities.
If more people become skilled and confident in their community leadership abili-
ties they will be more effective on those issues in which they care deeply, making
our communities better. There is a need for intentional and deliberate leadership
development at the individual level; for developing the leadership of others; and for
leading efforts of nonprofits and as a means for career development.
References
Adams, T. (2010). Nonprofit leadership: Transition and development. San Francisco,
CA:Jossey-Bass.
Austin, M.J. (2008). Strategies for transforming human service organizations into learning organi-
zations:Knowledge management and the transfer of learning. Journal of Evidence-Based Social
Work, 5(34), 569596.
Ayon, C., & Lee, C. D. (2009). Building strong communities: An evaluation of a neighborhood
leadership program in a diverse urban area. Journal of Community Psychology, 37, 975986.
Baker, M. N. (2014). Peer to peer leadership: Why the network is the leader. San Francisco,
CA:Berrett-Koehler.
Brown, L. D., Shepherd, M.D., Merkle, E.C., Wituk, S.A., & Meissen, G.J. (2008). Understanding
how participation in a consumer-run organization relates to recovery. American Journal of
Community Psychology, 42, 167178.
Bushe, G. R., & Fraser, S. (2007). Appreciative inquiry is not (just) about the positive. OD
Practitioner, 39(4),3035.
Center for Creative Leadership. (2006). Everyday leadership. Retrieved from http://insights.ccl.
org/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/EverydayLeadership.pdf
Cornelius, M., Corvington, P., & Ruesga, A. (2008). Ready to lead? Next generation leaders speak out.
Baltimore, MD:Annie E.Casey Foundation.
Covey, S. (1990). Seven habits of highly effective people. NewYork, NY:FranklinCovey.
Crawford, C.B., Brungardt, C.L., & Maughan, M.R.C. (2005). Understanding leadership (3rd ed.).
Hoboken, NJ:Wiley.
Crislip, D. D., & OMalley, E. (2013). For the common good: Redefining civic Leadership. Wichita,
KS:KLCPress.
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (2012). Community psychology competencies. The Community Psychologist,
45(4),714.
Green, C., & McBride, J.F. (2015). Teaching leadership. Wichita, KS:KLCPress.
Heath, C., & Heath, D. (2010). Switch:How to change things when change is hard. NewYork:Broadway.
Heifetz, Ronald A. (2003). The adaptive state:Strategies for personalizing the public realm. Boston,
MA:DemosPress.
Kloos, B., Hill, J., Thomas, E., Wandersman, A., Elias, M., & Dalton, J.H. (2012). Community psy-
chology: Linking individuals and communities, 3rd ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Cengage
Learning.
Kerfoot K. (2005). Learning organizations need teachers:The leaders challenge. Urologic Nursing,
25(3), 227229.
Lappe, F., & DuBois, P. (1997). The quickening of America:Rebuilding our nation and remaking
our lives. San Francisco, CA:Jossey-Bass.
Lewin, K., Lippit, R., & White, R.K. (1939). Patterns of aggressive behavior in experimentally cre-
ated social climates. Journal of Social Psychology, 10, 271301.
McKeever, B. S., & Pettijohn, S. L. (2014). The nonprofit sector in Brief 2014. Washington, DC:Urban
Institute.
Meissen, G. J., Greenleaf, J., & Hakim, S. (2011) Leadership as a framework for community psychol-
ogy practice. The Community Psychologist, 44,1012.
Putnam, R., Feldstein, L., & Cohen, D.J. (2004). Better together:Restoring the American community.
NewYork, NY:Simon & Schuster.
Sarkisian, G. V., & Taylor, S. (2013). A learning journey I:Curriculum mapping as a tool to assess
and integrate community psychology practice competencies into graduate education pro-
grams. Global Journal of Community Psychology Practice, 4(4). Retrieved from (http://www.
gjcpp.org/pdfs/2012-008CCSI-20131018.pdf)
Schwartz, B., & Sharpe, K. (2010). Practical wisdom:The right way to do the right thing. NewYork,
NY:Riverhead.
Segal, R. A. (2000). Hero myths. San Francisco, CA:Wiley-Blackwell.
Senge, P. (1990). The fifth discipline: The art and practice of the learning organization. London,
UK:RandomHouse.
Shagott, T., Vu, C., Reinhart, C., Wituk, S., & Meissen, G. (2009). Member characteristics of con-
sumer run organizations and service utilization patterns. International Journal of Self Help &
Self Care, 4, 221238.
Shankman, M. & Allen, S. (2008). Emotionally Intelligent Leadership:AGuide for College Students.
San Francisco:Jossey-Bass.
Strickland, Debra A. (1998). Constructing a tree for community leaders:Contexts and processes in
collaborative inquiry. American Journal of Community Psychology, 26(4),669.
Thaler, R. H. & Sunstein, C.R. (2009). Nudge:Improving decisions about health, wealth, and happi-
ness. NewYork, NY:PenguinBooks.
Wituk, S., Ealey, S., Clark, M.J., Heiny, P., & Meissen, G. (2005). Community development through
community leadership programs:Insights from a statewide community leadership initiative.
Journal of the Community Development Society, 36, 89101.
92
Iwas learning applied to real world situations and Ifelt this increased my learning
and retention of information overtime.
For instance, we often had several content writers for the narrative, a financial writer
for the budget, and a grant-writing specialist who would ensure we were meeting
the formatting and other requirements. Through regular meetings, the team would
collectively pull together a full proposal. As a graduate student, Ihad the opportu-
nity to practice the grant-writing skills learned in my classes by consulting with each
expert individually and at the teamlevel.
which is collected from youth in schools. The Illinois Youth Survey assesses behav-
ioral health topics like bullying, nutrition, and substance use. This survey was
developed, tested, and improved through years of surveying, and it continues to
be improved over time. For instance, as prescription drug misuse has become more
widespread, questions about prescription drug use and perceptions have been
added. CPRD develops, distributes, analyzes, and reports the Illinois Youth Survey
statewide every other year. Since funding for community-based agencies usually
includes a need to have local data, these agencies work to recruit schools to partici-
pate in the Illinois Youth Survey. To assist with this, CPRD provides several train-
ings around recruitment tips, the benefits of the data to the community, and how
to administer the survey. So, as you can see, even though CPRD is not necessarily
a training and technical assistance agency, there is still a need to have skills related
to developing and implementing trainings when working in community practice.
Another aspect that is usually included in a practice career is working with
data. CPRD conducts all analyses and develops reports for the Illinois Youth
Survey, including a statewide report from a random sample of schools, Chicago
Community Area reports, county, district, and school-level reports. The Illinois
Youth Survey serves multiple purposes at the community-level. One benefit of hav-
ing local data is the extent to which this data can bring more funding (and therefore,
more programs and services) to a community. The data can be used to target areas
with high need by funders and then track the success of the programs implemented
over time. An example would be tracking the 30day use rate for underage drinking
before and after implementing evidence-based strategies targeting alcohol use in
teens. Communities can use the data to compare their rates with surrounding areas
and the state as well for planning and continuous quality improvement. Without
using a data-driven approach to implementing community programs, many agen-
cies would not be able to demonstrate their need for interventions or success over
time to future potential funding agencies.
A third aspect that is usually involved in community practice work is disseminat-
ing information. In community psychology, we are often taught about giving away
community psychology to those we work with in communities as well as our col-
leagues. Ilearned about this concept in the first classItook in graduate school. Ihave
the opportunity to network and share ideas on behalf of CPRD by regularly attend-
ing professional development conferences (such as the Society for Community
Research and Action) to present our work and the associated results; by attending
project-specific conferences to network with other states who are funded under the
same national initiative; and to continually try to publish and disseminate any sig-
nificant findings from the programs we evaluate.
I have some freedom to choose my role with existing projects in my current posi-
tion as a research program coordinator. Sometimes, Ilead projects by coordinating
staff, data collection and analysis, and being responsible for reports and dissemi-
nation. Ialso play a smaller role in other projects by participating in project team
meetings and assisting the coordinator with various aspects of the project, such as
data analysis and reporting. In the future, Iwill work toward becoming a principal
investigator (PI) on a grant. Being a PI on a grant is a role that many PhDs in practice
hold, as well as professors in academia. API is the responsible party for the entire
grant project, and it is a role that only someone with a doctorate degree canhold.
working in practice rather than academia. My experience in trying to find a job after
graduate school was an interesting one. Ifelt like Ialmost needed practice in that
area before Istarted finding positions that fit what Iwanted to do. Imost commonly
used the American Evaluation Associations website which contains several job list-
ings. Ialso tried Idealist.org, USAJOBS.com, and Indeed.com. Iused several dif-
ferent search terms, including program evaluation, community evaluation, program
manager, psychology research, community research, and other variations. Sometimes
Ifound it easier to search for locations where Imight want to work and then see if
they had openings. Since Ihad experience with a university-based center, Iwould
often see if the universities Iwas familiar with had a community psychology pro-
gram or university-based research center.
I think one thing that really helped me obtain my first job was that Icould offer
examples of the experience Ihad. Employers are often hesitant about hiring some-
one directly out of school, but when Iwas interviewing Icould honestly say that
Ihad experience working with agencies, writing grants and reports, and working on
a project team. Even if you dont have the opportunity to work in a center that has
actual grant-funded programs, students often get experience in these areas through
working on their thesis or dissertation with their advisor and/or practicum work.
I felt like my qualifications were good, but emphasizing my experience was the
sellingpoint.
I will end my chapter by saying that regardless of the position after graduate
school, community psychology has benefits for multiple sectors of the working
world. The competencies developed through graduate training address topics that
are important to any social service agency, social service research center, program
manager, or government position. The flexibility and diversity of community psy-
chology allows the freedom for those in this profession to apply their skills in a
variety of settings, which provides ample opportunities in the workingworld.
The search for a community practice-oriented job can be at once exciting and
overwhelming, especially if it is your first job out of graduate school. Because the
skill set and perspective of a community psychologist can be applied in a growing
number of applied settings, the largest challenge is not finding job opportunities
outside of academia, but rather selling yourself in a noncommunity psychology
world. Creativity and flexibility during the job search will prove to be valuable in
identifying organizations and positions with roles that can be filled successfully by
community psychologists. After identifying organizations and positions that align
with your interests, it is vital to translate your competencies, experience, and values
to match the job description and organization, and to demonstrate your ability to
work with colleagues from different backgrounds. This chapter highlights aspects of
the job search that are unique for practice (in contrast to academic) jobs, with the
goal of serving as a resource for individuals as they begin to think about potential
careers in community psychology practice.
Who AreWe?
Before we lead you through the nuanced journey of finding, applying for, and
landing a practice job within the field of community psychology, we (the chapter
authors) would like to introduce ourselves. We hope that sharing our backgrounds
will help in describing our unique perspectives and aid in your understanding of
how our experiences as community psychology practitioners in an applied job mar-
ket shape our advice.
Sharon Johnson-Hakim (PhD in Community Psychology, 2013). To understand
my job search, it is important to first understand how Ifound the field of community
psychology. Although Iwas a psychology major as an undergraduate student, Iwas
101
not introduced to community psychology. Instead, Ifound the field quite serendipi-
tously. After graduation with my bachelors degree, Ijoined the Peace Corps, and, as
a volunteer in the Republic of Moldova, Istumbled upon a few web-based articles on
community mapping, asset development, and empowerment approaches to youth
development that Iused in my community-based work. Curious as to where these
resources were coming from, Idiscovered the Society for Community Research and
Action (SCRA; Division 27 of the American Psychological Association, and the
home for community psychology).
Because Ifound community psychology while Iwas practicing, Ialways knew
Iwould return to the community-based work. After all, thats the reason Iwent
back to get my PhDto enhance my ability to be an asset to communities as they
address issues of shared concern. After the completion of my Peace Corps service,
Iapplied to graduate schools in community psychology and decided on the PhD
program at Wichita State University because of its emphasis on community-based
experiences and applied research, as well as its track record for having graduates
placed in practice jobs and its positive connections with community organizations
in thecity.
At Wichita State, through my practicum experience with the Wichita Health and
Wellness Coalition, Ideveloped an interest in community health, specifically the
impact of place, through tenants of the built environment and established behavior
settings, on individual health behaviorsfor better or for worse. My skill set grew
as Idove into this work, including my ability to collect community or systems-level
data (e.g., conducting a community food assessment), and translate that into usable
information for decision makers who were not themselves researchers. My dis-
sertation research combined community psychology with principles of judgment
and decision-making (borrowed from my cognitive psychology counterparts) to
help design a school cafeteria setting that would make the healthy choice, the easy
choice, for the hundreds of kids eating inside its walls everyday.
I started my job search while completing data analysis for my dissertation (about
nine months before graduating). Luckily (and unluckily) Iwas wide open to both
the type and geographic location of my employment after graduation. Without
any real limits, my job search took me all over the country, and my imagination ran
wildI could see myself doing a wide variety of things, for a lot of different orga-
nizations, and being happy. Unlike Ashley who was interested in the application
of specific skills, and whose journey you will read about next, Iwas committed to
working on a specific issue:community health and wellness. My biggest challenge,
however, was timing the search. Often Iwould discover an organization whose mis-
sion Isupported, with a work plan that complemented my dissertation research, but
that was either not hiring or else needed someone immediately. Iwas determined
to work for an organization that would value me as a community psychologist. The
only other condition Ihad was that Iwanted a job that would allow me to spend
a certain portion of my time in the community. My main resources for locating a
Ultimately, I was offered three positions and selected the position that best
suited my personal and career objectives. Currently, Iam a research associate in the
evaluation research program at WestEd, a nonprofit education evaluation organi-
zation that seeks to improve education and promote the success of learners. In this
position Iam able to contribute to projects related to diverse topics and apply my
expertise to varied aspects of the research process. This includes study design and
data collection, though much of my work focuses on applying diverse methodolog-
ical and analysis techniques to better understand the impact of various education
interventions. This position began one month prior to the completion of my doc-
toral degree and the organization allowed me to work part time until my disserta-
tion defense was complete.
Psychology Practitioner. Choosing to have a practice job will often mean choosing
not to lead with the title community psychologist, but instead lead with the skills,
competencies, and perspectives you can offer a potential employer.
Community psychologists can practice in nonprofit organizations, community-
based agencies, research organizations, hospitals, think tanks, local and national
government, foundations, for-profit companies, or as consultants. These organiza-
tions can be large or small, and your job will likely look very different depending
on the characteristics of your employer. What makes a job a practice job then, is
not who the employer is or what the work setting looks like, but rather your use of
the community psychology competencies for practice in your everyday work, toward
an organizational goal that is in alignment with the fields mission and vision. The
eighteen competencies for community psychology practice (Dalton & Wolff,
2012)provide a useful framework for understanding what practicing community
psychology lookslike.
Not every job will require you to utilize all of the 18 competencies, of course, and
these competencies will likely look different when applied in different situations to
different issues. For example, cultural competence will look quite different if your job
allows you to work in the community, directly and with a wide and diverse range of
community stakeholders, versus a job which has you housed inside a larger organi-
zation, doing indirect work influencing the policies and the procedures of the orga-
nization as it relates to consumers of different ethnic and language backgrounds. As
long as both jobs value your ability to act in a way that is culturally competent, they
are both community psychology practice jobs, even though on the surface, they
look very different.
In determining if a job is a practice job, it is important to identify concrete skills
necessary to complete the job, as well as the mission of the employer as a whole.
Begin by looking at the skills necessary, including specific methodological and ana-
lytic skills, data management skills, familiarity with statistical programs, evaluation
competencies, project management techniques, a focus on prevention and inter-
vention, as well as an emphasis on systems level change and an awareness of how
individuals function as part of systems. Another good place to start would be to
compare the 18 competencies for practice with the job description and see if they
match up. However, in determining whether a job deserves the label of commu-
nity psychology practice job, it is also important to go beyond the concrete skills,
competencies, and experiences required, and determine whether your perspectives
and values as a community psychologist will be welcome, and will help advance the
mission of the organization. Agood way to do this is to look at the organizations
mission and vision, read reviews of their work, and if possible, look at the back-
grounds of others you will be working with; is the mission and vision something
you would be happy to support as a community psychologist? If so, youve likely
found a practicejob.
Where toFindJobs
The field of community psychology is uniquely positioned to be both useful and rel-
evant in addressing social problems across diverse settings and content areas. Given
the versatility of a background in community psychology, searching for a job can
become quite complex. In contrast to professions that have standardized titles for
the skills required by the position (e.g., clinical psychologist or English teacher),
the skills and knowledge that community psychologists encompass may be compat-
ible with many types of positions labeled differently across fields and organizations.
Thus, it is important to have an open mind when initiating a search for a practice
job in community psychology. Positions that would be well-suited for a commu-
nity psychologist may not be immediately apparent with a simple job search for
community psychology. Instead, applying creativity to the job search will boost
the number of potential jobs identified and ensure the positions are suited for the
background of a community psychologist. Several tips for identifying applied posi-
tions related to community psychology follow.
(APHA) are valuable resources that have job listings across the United States and
internationally. Similarly, many local divisions of these professional organizations
have job posting resources relevant to specific geographic areas. Listservs hosted
by APA divisions (including the Society for Community Research and Action),
Community- Based Participatory Research Jobs (hosted by the University of
Washington), and local or university organizations can also provide connections
to current job opportunities. Additionally, job search sites such as Idealist (http://
www.idealist.org) and USAJOBS (http://www.usajobs.gov) are useful when can-
vassing a wide array of organizations for open positions.
Timing ofJobSearch
Fortunately or unfortunately, the timing of the practice job search is different than
the timing of a traditional academic job search. This difference is especially salient
as you are looking for your first job out of graduate school; classmates pursuing an
academic career will be perusing and applying to numerous job openings posted
as early as September of the year before you graduate. While the academic mar-
ket is on a fairly fixed schedule for advertising, interviewing, and hiring candidates,
applied jobs can open up at any time. The organizations that usually employ com-
munity psychology practitioners will only post jobs when they have an immediate
hiring need. Organizations will also vary greatly on the amount of time that their
interviewing and hiring process takes; some may be willing and ready to hire a can-
didate within weeks of posting a job, others may require a lengthy interview process
and/or extensive background checks.
In general this means that if you are interested in applying to a practice job, it is
wise to wait until you are closer to graduating (one to three months away) before
applying, a delay that can oftentimes be nerve-racking. However, there are things
you can do beforehand that will streamline your application process when the time
is right. These include creating a list of organizations with which you would like
to work and preparing examples of your work to share (e.g., reports, articles, suc-
cessful projects, a list of references, and so on). Spend time on your references, as
the role they will have to play in your job application process, including serving as
a phone reference or writing a letter of recommendation, will likely look different
than it would if they were recommending you for an academic job. Different skills
and attributes will need to be stressed and conveyed. Because the community psy-
chology practitioner community is rather small and tight-knit, it is worthwhile to do
a series of informational interviews to understand other practitioners career paths
and what their daily lives looklike.
Depending on where you are in your degree completion timeline, a company
or organization may be willing to hire you before you finish your degree as long
as there is a clear point for completion (as was the situation with Ashley, one of
the chapter authors). Often this claim can be substantiated by a letter from your
advisor or department chair; however, beware, as the applied world might not place
as much importance on your degree conferment as the academic world. It is not
uncommon for all but dissertation students who take applied jobs to never return
to complete their degrees. If you see an opening for a job that seems to fit your
interests and qualifications, however, even if the timing isnt ideal, it may be worth
an email or phone call of inquiry to the organization.
There are, however, important outliers to the general timing of a practice job
search. These include government and overseas positions. While applied organi-
zations tend to have a relatively quick hiring timeline, government, especially the
federal government, can move slowly. It is not uncommon for it to take months
in between application submission and final decisions. If you are interested in a
government job, it is wise to apply months in advance of when you would like to
start. Overseas organizations, such as foundations, aid organizations, or the United
Nations often require extensive background checks, and they build in time for
potential employees to complete their business in the United States and attend one
or more training or cultural immersion classes, before relocating abroad.
Getting theJob
After identifying potential job opportunities, the next step is demonstrating you
have the skills and expertise necessary to be successful in the position at hand.
This is typically done through application materials, which may include a resume,
curriculum vitae, cover letter, and professional references. As a job applicant it is
important to showcase your ability to acquire and apply skills in the real world. One
task that is often associated with getting the job is explaining exactly what a degree
prevention, systems change, and social justice can be applied broadly. Thus, empha-
size ways in which your expertise in community psychology connects to the current
position.
AcceptingaJob
Given the diverse positions in diverse organizations that can be viable careers for
community psychologists, selecting and ultimately accepting a job requires some
evaluation of what different options might entail. Several areas of thought may be
helpful when determining whether a job that has been offered is a good fit, such as
reflecting on the structure of the organization and how the position would function
within the organization.
1. Balance need for academic independence versus company focus. Some positions
may grant a great deal of academic independence, understood as the ability
10
This chapter describes work life in a large nonprofit research organization and the
competencies and skills that are valued in this type of environment. The first part of
the chapter reflects on how a training in community psychology influences the day-
to-day work in a nonprofit, a mission-driven organization whose work is to provide
service to the public. The nonprofit setting described in this chapter is a large orga-
nization that conducts research and evaluation at the individual, organizational, and
community levels, and provides technical assistance to support practice and policy
in a number of diverse areas to improve the lives of those that are disadvantaged
(i.e., social development, health, education, and the workforce). The second part
of the chapter characterizes the structures (i.e., projects, funding sources, staffing)
and resources (i.e., infrastructural supports, professional development) in a large
nonprofit organization. With more than 1,700 employees in 15 domestic and 10
international locations, the organization described in this chapter brings together
individuals from diverse backgrounds and cultures and whose training encom-
passes education, psychology, economics, psychometrics, statistics, public health,
child welfare, software design, usability engineering, mental health, and commu-
nications. This environment helps one to learn new skills and perspectives through
colleagues while also allowing the application of skills as a community psychologist.
The final section of the chapter is a discussion of the content and training that schol-
ars who are looking to work in a nonprofit organization might consider.
115
ProjectWork
In the large nonprofit setting where Iwork, a researchers time is usually divided
across multiple projects that can differ in scope and size. Projects may last from a
couple of months to multiple years. Simply put, this is a fast-paced environment.
This requires dividing ones attention and time across projects that might be very
different. It also means that while using research and evaluation skills (e.g., theory,
design, methods, analysis) and content knowledge to perform project tasks, one is
also working with different team members located in multiple offices, with multiple
partners, and a variety of clients across the country. For example, consider a feder-
ally funded randomized control trial of a youth mentoring program operating in
32 sites across the country over three years. Data from multiple respondents are col-
lected on an ongoing basis from these community programs as families enroll their
children to be mentored. This is a practitioner-oriented study where the project
team works collaboratively with community programs and their staff who collect
data for the study. The primary emphasis of the research team is to train and support
program staff to ensure the data quality and high survey response rates so that our
findings will be reliable. There will be an additional two years of analysis and report
writing once all data collection is complete.
Consider another example, which is a three-year exploratory study on social
emotional learning of students in eight school districts. In contrast to the earlier
example of a community-based study, this is a school-based study, which means
data collection only takes place during the academic year and most heavily in April
through June with only a short period available for analysis and report writing so
that results are available to school administrators for their planning of the next year.
The timelines, key stakeholders, and priorities in these two projects are barely simi-
lar. The study design and teaming structures are also very different. The common
aspects across these two projects are the large teams, coordination of data collec-
tion, and extensive communication and coordination that needs to take place with
data collection sites and within the evaluation team. The team members of these
projects need to juggle the tasks for each project in a timely and efficient manner to
deliver the high level of quality expected of us. These expectations are not unique to
these projects and, in fact, characterize our organizational culture.
Experience
Education
CEO
Vision Development
(organizational) Vice president
Research Assistant
researcher (this is my current level) has at least five years of experience and has proven
competencies in technical aspects (research and content knowledge) and leadership
(managing teams effectively), contributes to organizational well-being (business
development), and supervises junior staff. This is a mid-level position in a large orga-
nization, where management and leadership skills are tested and strengthened.
The fourth level of the team structure is the principal researcher, who is expected
to secure the financial stability of a department or group, guide decision-making,
monitor and mentor staff, ensure work quality, and promote the institutions mis-
sion. At this level, staff are engaged in some degree of data collection and analysis
but are primarily responsible for setting the research agenda, writing funding pro-
posals, designing research studies, reviewing findings, synthesizing what we learn,
and disseminating the findings to clients. This level may also require a great deal
of travel to disseminate findings, build client relationships, and attend high-stakes
meetings that can impact the organizations future. The higher levels in this organi-
zational structure (e.g., managing researcher, vice president, chief executive officer
[CEO]) are primarily responsible for contributing to organizational growth and
maintaining its stability and security as a large organization. Figure 10.1 is intended
to visualize the organizational structure for staffing.
IT Support
A large IT department employs a team of full-time technicians and systems engi-
neers who are readily available to address technical problems of our 1,700 employ-
ees in multiple offices and countries. As a matter of fact, the multimedia work
environment necessitates IT support to facilitate virtual meetings with clients,
online trainings, a number of formats for data collection, statistical software, and
necessary hardware (e.g., Wi-Fi cards). The IT department is also responsible for
ensuring the security of our computer and communication systems, and protecting
project and client data stored on our servers.
Professional Development
Opportunities for staff to continue their development include attending Brownbags,
informal meetings over lunch facilitated by colleagues or by invited guest speakers
who share their experiences and techniques for conducting analysis using qualita-
tive analysis software (e.g., NVivo), regression modeling (quantitative data), new
findings from evaluation projects on topics such as violence prevention, or even
sharing an experience using a participatory action research approach, working in
partnership with communities. Other opportunities staff can take advantage of
include attending and presenting at national conferences or attending multi-day
workshops that the company pays for, such as how to use big data or learning how
to be an effective grant writer to enhance business development skills. While these
opportunities are available and participation is encouraged, we all must decide
whats best for our professional growth and make time in a busy work day to make
use of it. There have been many times when Ihave been to annual conferences while
working on project tasks at night in my hotelroom.
hand, embedded in our organizational culture is the expectation for staff at all levels
to perform well in a fast-paced, multitasking environment with a number of com-
peting deadlines coming due often at the sametime.
PresentationSkills
Project-based work demands strong presentation skills, both oral and in writing.
We write proposals for business development about how we will approach a cli-
ent need and address it. We write about the research processes and the projects
findings. We share research and technical assistance experiences to help develop
our fields of study. We present recommendations to influence decision-making and
shape policies. Thus, at every point, oral and written presentation skills are criti-
cal to our success as professionals. In addition, even though it takes more time and
effort, those individuals who are innovative and creative in their presentations have
an advantage. Iam pleasantly surprised to see in recent conferences the number of
sessions that discuss using creative ways to present information.
Teamwork
In my perspective, teamwork is one of the most important aspects of working in
a large nonprofit, because the work environment involves working with others of
different ages, different educational levels and experience, carrying out tasks in a
determined time frame, and working within a hierarchical decision making struc-
ture. Agood team can produce winning proposals for new work as well as make a
project go smoothly. Apoor team can lead to lost proposals or make a project feel
chaotic and produce negative results. Thus, an individual who would rather work in
isolation might struggle in this team-based environment.
ManagementSkills
As in every work setting, project leaders make a significant difference in shaping
the climate and motivation in a project, and therefore influence the efficiency of a
project. While the organization where Iwork values strong content and technical
expertise and prefers graduate training in hiring new staff, project management is a
skill set we develop through experience and professional development opportuni-
ties available inside the organization and offered elsewhere. Ihave come to realize
that this is a skill that many social science researchers do not develop while in school
and need to learn through on-the-job experience. As content and team experience
increases, individuals are organically raised into management positions. Acontent
expert and a superb evaluator, however, does not equal a good manager. It takes
motivation to learn management skills and effort in applying these in a team setting
to be a good project manager.
Project Management
As an applied social science researcher working in a nonprofit setting, Iam con-
vinced that project management is a critical aspect of our work. Many community
psychologists (including myself) find themselves in leadership roles as they have
strong content and methodological expertise, and they are expected to lead projects
and other staff. Project management involves understanding project budgeting, cli-
ent relationships, and team management to increase the efficiency within which a
project is performed, which can be the most rewarding or challenging piece of my
work. However, these are not tasks Ilearned in my degree program, and it is my
experience that few students in community psychology training programs graduate
with these skills, unless they work as part of a team in a large-scale research project
and get mentored into this management role by their advisors. Thus, community
psychology students would benefit from learning these management skills while
still in school, which would be an added benefit when looking for employment.
Networking
The social science field is interconnected, and connections with colleagues in the
field lead to many different career opportunities including collaborations on proj-
ects, knowledge dissemination, and new business. It is important for professional
and personal growth to connect with new and old colleagues and experts to learn
from their growing experiences. While some of us might have an innate compe-
tence to network, others learn it over time. I fall into the second group and it is
a social skill that Icontinue to develop for business development, continued pro-
fessional learning, and receive support from the wealth of experienced researchers
in my network, and advance my career. To this day, Ihave kept in touch with my
graduate school advisors who Istill turn to for advise and for contacts in the field.
They are well-established and have years of experience in the same path that Iam
trying to take. Another opportunity for networking are the interest groups in pro-
fessional associations. For example, my membership in different Topical interest
groups in the American Evaluation Association helped me get to know a number
of colleagues who Icollaborated with on presentations and looked for each other
for advice. The many blogs that are available through professional associations also
help with networking and keeping up to date with developments in the field. Taking
advantage of these opportunities are typically encouraged by individual faculty/
advisors in degree programs, which Iwish would be the expectation in all degree
programs for all students.
Let me end with a final bit of advice to readers who are seeking employment
in a large nonprofit organization. Since many hiring managers would not be famil-
iar with the foundations and competencies of community psychology, it would be
important to demonstrate in a curriculum vitae and/or during an interview how
your training and any practical experience has given you the technical and soft skills
described in this chapter and needed to work in a diverse, fast-paced, team-based
work environment. Readers might also consider looking at the list of interview
questions in Appendix 10.2 for a reference.
Appendix 10.1 Community Psychology Competencies Utilized ina Large Nonprofit
Community Psychology Core If/How It Is Addressed in My Current Role
Competencies
Foundational Principles 1. Ecological Theory, Analyses, Explicit or implicit in all projects we work on to address community and
and Perspective organizational issues.
2. Empowerment This is addressed through collaborative relationships with the communities and
organizations we work with and partnerships we build to serve and/or address the
needs of marginalized groups.
3. Sociocultural and This is a continuously growing competence working in a large organization that is
Cross-Cultural Competence culturally and ethnically diverse. It is also integral to my work conducting evaluation
projects nationally and internationally in very different communities.
4. Community Inclusion and This is addressed through engaging stakeholders in communities and organizations
Partnership to design contextually relevant evaluations and increase the use of findings.
5. Ethical and Reflective Practice This is addressed internally in my organization through Institutional Board Reviews
and quality assurance reviews.
Community Program 6. Program Development, This is an integral part of my work addressed through projects that Iwork on to serve
Development and Implementation, and the needs of our clients.
Management Management
7. Prevention and Health Preventing risky behaviors and promoting healthy development is a focus of the
Promotion communities and institutions within which Iprovide services.
8. Community Leadership Identifying the leaders in a setting where Iwill work and establishing trust is an important
and Mentoring tool to ensure the projects are implemented effectively and the findings are utilized.
9. Small and Large Group Teamwork and management is a key aspect of my project-based work. This also
Processes addressed in the trainings we provide to program staff who collaborate with us in
evaluation projects.
10. Resource Development This is integral task of my work in the form of grant writing, building new clients,
and maintaining our relationship and reputation with existing clients.
11. Consultation and This is addressed through client-based work as part of the research, evaluation, and
Organizational Development technical assistance projects that Iwork on.
Community and Social 12. Collaboration and Partnerships with other organizations to perform the work with us and developing
Change Coalition Development collaborations with the community members and stakeholders is an important part
of my project-based work.
13. Community Development This is not a direct focus of my work, but it is an implicit outcome that the
communities hope to achieve as a result of the evaluations Isupport.
14. Community Organizing and This is not a focus area for my organization, but the research we produce can be used
Community Advocacy by external groups to advocate for systems change.
15. Public Policy Analysis, Although not specifically a part of my work, this is a focus in my organization with
Development, and Advocacy experts working in this area.
16. Community Education, This is an ongoing aspect of my work in the form of reports and presentations to the
Information, Dissemination, client, conference presentations, and publications.
and Building Public Awareness
Community Research 17. Participatory Community Addressed through working with clients whose evaluation and research projects
Research have a participatory research design.
18. Program Evaluation This is the most integral aspect of my work and expertise on a daily basis.
Adapted from Dalton & Wolfe (2012). Education Connection and the Community Practitioner. The Community Psychologist, 45(4),713.
11
129
with the benefits and challenges of working in this setting. An appendix lists ques-
tions one might ask when interviewing for a position in a private consultingfirm.
Table11.1(continued)
Project Management
A project director led each project. The staff member identified as project director
usually had a lead role in bringing the project into the office, thus their designation.
On some occasions, however, the vice president or leadership team selected a staff
member to serve as project director based on the individuals substantive expertise,
schedule availability, or ability to manage projects. Occasions that would warrant
such selections included changes in office staffing or lack of availability in the sched-
ule of the individual who had a lead role in securing thework.
The project director is responsible for managing the technical (methodological)
and business aspects of the project. The technical aspects included the evaluation
design and sampling, data collection and analysis approaches, and reporting. The
business aspects included monitoring the projects budget, ensuring appropriate
and adequate staffing, collaborating and communicating with the client, developing
feasible timelines that meet client need, and ensuring deliverables (i.e., the products
the firm agreed to produce for the client) are of high quality and delivered ontime.
Project directors often identified staff to lead various project tasks, such as a Data
Collection Lead or Lead Qualitative Analyst. This project organization is typically
specified in the project management sections of proposals (which is discussed in a
subsequent section of this chapter). During my tenure, the office began to encour-
age the assignment of an associate project director on projects involving more than
five or six staff. This enabled qualified associates to build their project management
expertise; having such expertise is important to presenting a competitive business
proposal.
Office Governance
A leadership team managed the office. This team consisted of the vice president, four
senior associates, and the office manager. The primary responsibilities of the leader-
ship team were to ensure that each staff member had enough work to cover her time
and each project had adequate staffing; monitor business development activities;
and establish and monitor office policies. The typical staffing approach used by my
office was to assign each staff person to multiple projects. The logic underlying this
approach was that if a projects funding was lost, other projects could support the
staff until new projects were obtained. Further, because the staff skills needed by
projects vary over time, a staff members time on a project can fluctuate. Therefore,
at the start of a project and at regular intervals through its duration, project directors
were asked to estimate hours needed per month for each staff person. The leadership
team reviewed these hour estimates to ensure that each staff member had enough
(not too little or too much) work, redistribute tasks and hours when needed, and
anticipate when a need for new projects would arise. Because a multitude of factors
can affect how a project unfolds (e.g., typical project changes, client uncertainties,
revisions to scope resulting from the demands, needs, or requirements of the fund-
ing agency), Iobserved the monitoring of staff time to be an art more than a science,
and Iappreciated the attention that the office paid to this criticaltask.
ProjectSize
The firm I worked for had projects ranging in size from very small to large. The
amount of a very small project would be about $5,000 per year. The responsibilities
for such a project likely would be limited to meeting the project funders perfor-
mance reporting requirements (i.e., collecting data using a required instrument or
tool, analyzing the data, and reporting the results in the required reporting format).
The amount of a large project would range between $500,000 and $1 million per year
and typically last for multiple years. The responsibilities would include evaluation
design, data collection methods development with most time spent on data collec-
tion, analysis, and reporting. Large projects typically involve more team members,
for example, eight to 12 staff compared to one or two for a very small project. These
project teams often have a core set of members that are involved in most aspects
of the project. Other staff members participate in the project for specific activities,
like data collection. Firms with more employees and a more complex infrastructure
require a greater number of larger projects to sustain their organization.
Subcontracting Projects
Projects for which a firm is a subcontractor often focus on an area of specialty that
complements the capacity of the prime contractor. For example, a subcontrac-
tor may be sought to provide specialty analysis (e.g., econometric analyses, more
advanced statistical analyses), lead technical assistance provided to grantees, or to
develop and manage a complex project database. A subcontracting role also can
involve a heavy data collection role, which may not be intellectually satisfying to all
team members. Leadership within each of the firms (prime contractor and subcon-
tractor) needs to clarify roles for each of the firms in negotiating the subcontract.
Announcements forFunding
Business opportunities can be announced in several ways: government agencies
or foundations may announce Requests for Applications or Requests for Proposals.
Requests for Applications (RFA) are announcements for grant applications that
address a defined research topic (National Institutes of Health [NIH], National
Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke [NINDS], 2013). A Request for
Proposals (RFP) is a process used by public agencies or private companies to obtain
bids for work by an external contractor and funding is awarded through contracts
(NewYork State Department of Health, 2012). Both RFAs and RFPs will contain
the following elements:description of the scope of work to be completed, applica-
tion requirements, the manner in which bidders must submit their proposals, the
review criteria on which proposals will be evaluated (NINDS, 2013), and a sense of
the funds available to support the project. Requests for Applications typically pro-
vide a ceiling amount, that is, the amount over which a firm cannot bid. Requests for
Proposals more often specify a level of effort, or the number of person hours, that
the funder expects to be dedicated to the work. Any firm meeting the application
requirements of the RFA/RFP can respond to these announcements. Government
agencies also issue Program Announcements, which solicit applications from eligible
organizations to address a particular scientific area (NIH, National Institute on Drug
Abuse, 2011)or program areas of interest (US Department of Health & Human
Services, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality [AHRQ], 2014). Funds are
made available through grants or cooperative agreements (AHRQ,2014).
Federal and state government agencies also have preferred vendor lists, which are
lists of contractors who have been approved by the government to provide specific
services. One example of a federal preferred vendor list is the Indefinite Delivery,
Indefinite Quality (IDIQ). The IDIQ lists streamline the contract process and
expedite service delivery (US General Services Administration, 2013). Consulting
firms prepare comprehensive applications demonstrating their capability to meet
the IDIQ list service purpose. Alimited number of vendors are selected for each
IDIQ. Often consulting firms partner to present a more competitive application
for the types of services desired. Thus agencies applying for preferred vendor lists
might ask other firms to join their IDIQ team, and partner firms capabilities and
experience are included in the IDIQ application. To my knowledge, partnering
firms only join one primary firms IDIQ team; therefore, firms must consider a vari-
ety of factors in choosing a team to join, such as the primary firms track record,
the ability of the two firms to collaborate well, and the degree to which the firms
strengths complement each other. States also have preferred vendor distribution
lists. My sense is that joining state distribution lists is less burdensome than federal
preferred vendorlists.
IDIQ funding announcements for services are called Requests for Task Order
Proposals (RFTOPs or roof tops) and are announced periodically to the firms
selected for IDIQ listing. These announcements are then passed on from the pri-
mary firm to their partnering organizations. Once IDIQ teams are approved by
the federal agency, the agency releases a forecast of probable IDIQ RFTOPs to
be announced in the coming fiscal year. This practice allows IDIQ teams to begin
to strategize the best combination of partners for a given RFTOP and to begin to
gather intelligence on existing work done in the substantive areas. The forecasts,
however, are not a guarantee of available funding. Rather, the agency notes that the
RFTOPs are likely assuming funding becomes available.
Monitoring IssueAreas
An individual conducts monitoring activities to watch for actual funding announce-
ments (i.e., RFAs, RFPs, program announcements) and emerging or current
trends that may portend the direction of future funding announcements. Funding
announcements often require proposals to be submitted within a few weeks of the
announcement. Because a firms current work does not halt when a proposal needs
to be prepared, it is beneficial to have as much lead time as possible to prepare a pro-
posal. Moreover, program announcements often award program implementation
grants to nonprofit or government entities but require an evaluation. When evalu-
ation firms identify program announcements, their staff might reach out to previ-
ous clients to explore their interest in collaborating on a proposal for the funding
and subsequent project work if the grant is awarded. Similarly, monitoring trends in
issue areas or with funding agencies allows a firm to plan for how it might respond to
new funding directions. An individual can keep abreast of funding announcements
and agency trends by reviewing funding agency or institutions websites, signing
up for and reading agency listservs or electronic bulletins, or read news articles.
Individuals must carve out some time on a regular basis for these activities, which
can be challenging depending on project demands at a given point intime.
Proposal Development
A proposal is a firms response to a funding announcement. The exact content of a
proposal will be guided by the requirements of the announcement, but typically
consists of a technical section and a budget section. The technical section includes
an understanding the problem section, the proposed design and plan for execut-
ing and managing the work, and an explanation of the firms capacity and experi-
ence to complete the work. The understanding the problem section helps funders
assess firms grasp of the issue area generally, beyond what could be communicated
in an evaluation design. Afirm with a strong understanding of the issue presumably
could be more responsive to interim evaluation findings, recognizing their signifi-
cance in relation to the broader issue area. The budget section contains projected
project costs broken down into specifics for each year of the project. The vita of staff
who will work on the project typically are included as attachments.
Developing proposals require staff time that cannot be charged to current proj-
ects. Staff time spent on proposal development thus comes out of a firms busi-
ness development funds and an individuals own time. The previously mentioned
fee, which for-profit firms usually include on contracts, supports these funds.
Depending on the size of the contract, my firms leadership team determined a cer-
tain number of hours per person working on the proposal. If proposal preparation
required time beyond the allotted hours, staff members were expected to make up
the difference on their own, non-work hours. A very general estimate would be that
about half of my total time for a proposal came out of my own, non-work time. The
hours required for proposal development, however, vary depending on ones role on
the proposal development team. For example, if one is leading the proposal, one can
expect to spend a substantial amount of time on its development (especially the first
time!). Proposal development typically will occur rapidly within a short timeframe.
Firms approaches to proposal development vary. Some have very structured
approaches to sequencing the development and its reviewfor example, having a
generic template that lists steps for proposal completion, timeframes in which pieces
of the proposal are completed, and the staff roles needed, the specifics of which are
filled out for each proposal. Others have a process that is understood based on past
experience, and roles and tasks are assigned more informally. All firms, however,
will seek to assemble the most competitive proposal based on experience, substan-
tive knowledge, and skill set. This will entail discussions about expected costs (if
a contract award amount is not specified in the announcement), competing firms
likely to bid, political (meant in the non-partisan sense) context for the work and
its purpose, and the characteristics of the team and its plan that will be highlighted
as selling points for the firm. These discussions and related documents are highly
confidential. Ihave participated on proposals that include partner firms where final
documents (usually budget but sometimes technical sections) were not shared
among partners.
Iinterpreted this question as how to sell yourself to a firm when applying for a job,
because when my firm needed to hire a research associate or assistant position, it
was posted to the website (no one canvassed resume websites). Acomprehensive
discussion of the job application process is beyond the scope of this chapter, but the
following are a few key thoughts:
Prepare your cover letter carefully. Awell-written cover letter is essential for any
job application; it is your first opportunity to sell yourself, and a poorly writ-
ten letter is off-putting. Demonstrate in the cover letter how your experiences
and skills match the requirements of the position by including examples from
your research projects. Discuss how your experience and substantive knowledge
match with the position orfirm.
Use a full academic curriculum vitae (rather than a resume) that lists each of the
research projects you participated on and your responsibilities on the project,
your presentations and publications, awards, professional memberships, and the
like. Having experience across the range of research activities is helpful.
Prepare for an interview by being able to speak succinctly about commu-
nity psychology (because someone always asks about the field) and knowl-
edgeably about the projects you participated onthe activities that you
specifically conducted, findings from the studies, and how the clients used
the findings (if applicable and if you know). My values as a community psy-
chologist are what set me apart from other psychologists working in program
evaluation.
When working in a for-profit consulting firm, all of ones time has to be able to
be charged to a project code. Resources are sometimes available for professional
development opportunities, but more often they must be built into project work.
This is something to consider when preparing a proposal; however, the professional
development opportunity has to be compelling to justify the cost that may be added
to the proposal. Publications and conference presentations might not be important
to the firm or to the client, and thus it will be harder to make a case for these activi-
ties. Unless the client supports these activities, an individual likely will be doing
this work on her own time. In addition, the client must approve publications and
conference presentations. Long-term or repeat clients often learn and experience
benefits from greater visibility of their programmatic efforts through presentations
and publications. Consistent with my values as a community psychologist, clients
are often included as co-authors or co-presenters.
AuthorNote
I am truly grateful for the insightful and thoughtful review comments and sugges-
tions from Judah Viola, PhD, Olya Glantsman, PhD, Roy M. Gabriel, PhD, Ms.
Marilyn Hartzell, MEd, and Mrs. Sharon Martin.
Question Rationale
For how long is this positions funding The firm Iworked for would not hire a staff
guaranteed? member without ensuring it had at least
What are the sources of funding for one year of funding to support the position.
this position? Because firms work on soft money, it is
important to know when your position
could be lost.
How do you see this position fitting Responses to this question might provide
into the office long-term or beyond you with a sense of how the firm plans
this project? to incorporate this position into its
organizational structure.
What are the expectations of this Responses to these questions will help
position for bringing in new you understand your role in business
work? development, how business development
What are the firms general works in this firm, and how the firm
expectations of staff for bringing in develops these skills in its professionals.
newwork?
What is the firms approach to business
development?
How, if at all, does the firm mentor
staff in developing business skills?
In the last five years, how many Responses to these questions will provide
staff members have left the you with an indication of the stability of the
organization? organization.
How many staff members have
joined?
Does the firm primarily lead projects Responses to these questions will indicate
or primarily subcontract to other the type of work you might often being
consulting firms? What are project doing.
examples?
How often do promotion It is important for you to know the
opportunities come about? process for moving up in the organization
What is required for promotion? and what professional milestones must
be demonstrated for promotion
to occur.
Question Rationale
What opportunities for professional Professional development activities can
development exist? range from substantive webinars for
(If this is true) Iam a member of several grantees sponsored by a funding agency
professional associations, such as the to special courses. If it is important to you,
Society for Community Research then you should know what resources
and Action. It is important for me to are available to support your professional
participate in their biennial conferences. growth. (Interview candidates commonly
What support, if any, exists for my ask questions like these.)
participation? Does the office pay any
professional memberships?
How does your staff access Having access to published journal articles
professional journal articles or other is important to executing this work.
literature?
Notes
1. Apresident and an executive vice president (co-owners) led the firm and were located in the
firms headquarters. Each of the firms offices had a vice president. The exact number of staff
varied over the course of my tenure.
2. The ratio of senior associates to associates changed during my tenure from about 1:5 to 1:1 in
preparation for a wave of retirements. The only challenge Iexperienced related to a flat struc-
ture was when my firm partnered with other consulting firms having more elaborate structures.
The partner firms staff may have held titles that implied they were senior to or more experi-
enced than me when that was not the case; the optics of this concerned me when we worked
with federal clients, as job titles and hierarchy matter when working in Washington,DC.
3. Academic, foundation, and government institutions often have identified funding sources,
such as state and Federal budgets or donors. Despite these identified funding sources, these
settings also face budget challenges, and my contrasting of for-profit firm funding with the
funding streams of these settings should not be interpreted as minimizing challenges faced by
academic, foundation, and government institutions.
4. Reviewing the job announcements for consulting firms is a beneficial exercise for under-
standing the requirements of for-profit consulting positions. The American Evaluation
Associations (AEA) website (http://www.eval.org) is a wonderful resource for locating these
job announcements.
5. As funders have increased performance reporting and evaluation requirements, the staff at
organizations and agencies seem to have increased knowledge of and experience with evalua-
tion concepts.
6. In her presidential address to AEA, Cooksy synthesized across several sources the competen-
cies identified as important to program evaluators (Cooksy & Mark, 2012). Although these
competencies apply to evaluators across settings, the article is a useful resource for those con-
sidering working in a for-profit evaluationfirm.
7. Prior to working in a for-profit consulting setting, I worked for a federal legislative branch
agency.
8. Salary ranges are not consistently posted for positions with for-profit firms. Ihave searched
the Internet to find salary ranges in various localities. For example, searching with the term
program evaluator salaries, I found the Glass Door website (http://www.glassdoor.com/).
Other resources include reports on salaries by AEA (Greenlaw, Brown-Welty, & Fetterman,
2006) and the American Psychological Association (Finno, Michalski, Hart, Wicherski, &
Kohut,2010).
References
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design.
Cambridge, MA:Harvard UniversityPress.
Cooksy, L.J., & Mark, M.M. (2012). Influences on evaluation quality. American Journal of Evaluation,
33(1),7987.
Danya International. (2002). Resources for behavioral science researchers:Grants, contracts, RFAs, and
RFPs. Retrieved from www.theresearchassistant.com/funding/fund-1.asp
Durlak, J.A., & DuPre, E.P. (2008). Implementation matters:Areview of research on the influence
of implementation on program outcomes and the factors affecting implementation. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 41, 327350.
Finno, A.A., Michalski, D., Hart, B., Wicherski, M., & Kohut, J.L. (2010). 2009:Report of the APA
salary survey. Retrieved from http://www.apa.org/workforce/publications/09-salaries/index.
aspx
Greenlaw, C., Brown-Welty, S., & Fetterman, D. (2006). AEA employment survey:Areport on the
results for 2006. Retrieved from http://comm.eval.org/needs_assessment/Resources/
ViewDocument/?DocumentKey=a5289a48-685c-45b8-aa6e-ae0db0b59f79
Labin, S.N., Duffy, J.L., Meyers, D.C., Wandersman, A., & Lesesne, C.A. (2012). A research synthe-
sis of evaluation capacity building literature. American Journal of Evaluation, 33(3), 307338.
Levine, M., & Perkins, D. V. (1987). Principles of community psychology: Perspectives and applications.
New York: Oxford University Press.
National Institutes of Health, National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2011). Frequently asked questions,
revised December 2011. Retrieved from http://www.drugabuse.gov/funding/grant-contract-
application-process/frequently-asked-questions#differences
National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke. (2013).
NINDS funding opportunities:Know the differences. Retrieved from http://www.ninds.nih.gov/
funding/funding_announcements/differences.htm
NewYork State Department of Health. (2012). Locating and applying for health promotion funds.
Retrieved from http://www.health.ny.gov/publications/4146
Patton, M. Q. (2008). Sup wit eval ext? In M. T. Braverman, M. Engle, M. E. Arnold, & R. A.
Rennekamp (Eds.), Program evaluation in a complex organizational system: Lessons from
Cooperative Extension. New Directions for Evaluation, 120, 101115.
Seidman, E. (1988). Back to the future, Community Psychology: Unfolding a theory of social inter-
vention. American Journal of Community Psychology, 16, 321.
US Department of Health & Human Services, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2014).
Funding announcements, program announcements. Retrieved from http://www.ahrq.gov/fund-
ing/fund-opps/index.html
US General Services Administration. (2013). Indefinite delivery, indefinite quantity contracts.
Retrieved from http://www.gsa.gov/portal/content/103926
12
Practicing community psychology in a small evaluation firm can offer a lot of flex-
ibility and autonomy, without some of the challenges of being an independent con-
sultant. In this chapter, Italk about aspects of being an evaluator and how Ihave
increasingly brought my community psychology competencies and values into my
work as an evaluator. Iidentify some of the benefits and challenges of being part
of a private evaluation firm and address some aspects of working in the setting of a
small firm. Idiscuss who might be attracted to such a position and the preparation
that would be useful. First, Iwill share a bit about how Icame to be in my current
position.
I moved to Albuquerque from Chicago while Iwas writing my dissertation for
my PhD in community psychology. At the time, Iwas more than a little concerned
about my job prospects. Most of the community psychologists I knew lived and
worked in bigger cities. I also had a hard time imagining the types of potential
employers in my new setting who would be looking for the skills of a community
psychologist. Isensed that a subset of my skills, those associated with program eval-
uation, might be easier to market.
During graduate school, I had taken a course in program evaluation and had
become involved in the American Evaluation Association (AEA) so this was an ave-
nue Ihad to begin networking in my new locale. Ijoined the board of the local AEA
affiliate and started meeting people connected to program evaluation. This proved a
fruitful approach as shortly after defending my dissertation, Isecured a position as
an evaluator as the result of meeting someone through that local AEA affiliate. The
position Isecured was as a program evaluator at Apex and Iam at the same job now,
over eight yearslater.
147
Evaluation
Program evaluation is a diverse field both with regard to content areas and types of
approaches. There is program evaluation related to health interventions, programs
in developing parts of the world, the environment, incarcerated populations, educa-
tion, and many others. There are large evaluations aimed at giving us an objective
assessment as to whether an established program is effective and produces out-
comes that warrant ongoing investment of resources. There are also evaluations that
are developmental in nature (Patton, 2010), working closely as part of a program
team to provide ongoing data and evaluative thinking to inform further improve-
ments and development. There are many other variations of evaluation with regard
to size, overall purpose, and timeframe.
I have evolved my approach to evaluation as a result of both successes and fail-
ures that Ihave experienced in my work, my continued learning and development,
and my confidence in bringing community psychology competencies and values
into my work. My approach has also evolved along with the continued development
of Apexs clarity about what is required in the real world to help support clients to be
successful. Some of the important aspects that are integral to our approach to evalu-
ation is a systems lens that helps us not pretend that projects and initiatives operate
separate from the context where they are being implemented or from the capacity
of the organization. This includes an appreciation that the path to desired outcomes
can rarely, if ever, be fully known from the beginning. The projects Iam fortunate to
be part of are working to address complex social problems, and the solutions must
be context driven, connected to the desires and strengths of the community, and
adaptive. It is for these reasons that the potential contribution of evaluation is great.
To do this effectively, project staff and community members need the right kind of
information and they need it at the right times to guide their thinking and efforts.
Realizing this potential for evaluation, we seek opportunities to work closely with
organizations, program staff, and community members, to share ideas, learn about
needs, design changes to address the needs, assess how the changes are working,
and then feed that information back into the system to help it work better.
Potential clients often do not realize that evaluation can support them and their
projects in these ways. The foot-in-the-door often happens as a result of many grants
requiring projects and initiatives to have an external evaluator. It is in part for this
reason that their conception of evaluation is often limited to collecting data to
report back to the funder. It is seen as a requirement that is meant to serve someone
elses needs rather than their own. So, although having the title of evaluator can be
the way Icome to be part of a project, my initial work is to help share my vision for
the potential of evaluation to primarily serve the goals of the project, community,
staff, and organization. For me, the potential for evaluation to make a difference is
not just about having evaluation findings used after the project is completed but
WhereIWork
When Istarted at Apex in 2008, there were two other full-time evaluators, two sup-
port staff, and a software developer. Alittle over eight years later, we have five senior
evaluators, three evaluation associates, an operations manager, an information tech-
nology specialist, a software developer, and four support staff. It has been a busy
time indeed.
The five evaluators at Apex have diverse training backgrounds. The founder and
president has an MBA, and the other four evaluators have PhDs in public health,
anthropology, sociology, and community psychology (me). Given these different
training backgrounds and types of previous project experience, we each have our
unique areas of strength and expertise. Some projects are large enough where more
than one of us collaborate, but even when that is not the case, Iknow Ihave a num-
ber of talented people available to ask a question or bounce off anidea.
A model we have been developing over the past couple years, to expand our
capacity and allow senior evaluators to lead more projects, has been to have a senior
evaluator and an evaluation associate to partner on a project. With this model, the
senior evaluator takes the lead for most of the client development, program con-
ceptualization, and evaluation design, with the evaluation associate supporting this
work as well as data collection, analysis, and writing. Our evaluation associates are
mostly graduate students or recent masters degree graduates in areas like public
health, education, and business. Like the senior evaluators, evaluation associates
continue to develop their own unique talents that enhance our organizations capac-
ity, such as in graphic design and technology deployment. This means that Ihave all
of these talents and capacities available to support me in my work and this improves
what Ican deliver to my clients.
Most of our clients are local school districts; state education and health agen-
cies; foundations; and nonprofits. We come to support our clients by different
means. Sometimes we, or our clients, identify a funding opportunity like a request
for proposals (RFP) for a grant and we decide to collaborate on writing a proposal,
sometimes with us taking the lead and designing the project and writing the pro-
posal. Other times we simply consult on the evaluation section of the proposal. In
other situations, a client might have already received a grant before seeking out our
services. We also have clients and projects that are not grant-related but rather we
are long-term consultants and evaluators of ongoing programs or systems. Many
of our projects are related to out-of-school time, community schools, school-based
health care, and educator professional development.
Support fromColleagues
I have already alluded to one of the biggest advantages to being part of a small firm
compared to being an independent consultant, collaboration with and support of
my colleagues. Even with our work focused mostly on education and student health,
the breadth of content that our projects touch can be overwhelming. It reduces my
anxiety considerably knowing that I have colleagues with additional experience
and expertise that Ican tap into. This also extends to the many ways the talents of
evaluation associates and support staff add to my capacity to serve my clients. This
includes things like being able to develop an iPad application to collect surveys from
students, designing beautiful and user-friendly reports, managing large databases,
and tracking down participants in a longitudinal evaluation.
Being part of a firm, even a small one, also means you dont have to go it
alone. Most evaluation consultants I know have multiple projects happening
simultaneously, all starting and ending at different times. This can make maintain-
ing an ideal amount of work a challenge. This is true of an independent consultant
or one who is part of a firm. When an opportunity arises it can be hard to pass up,
even if it means you or the organization will be a little overloaded for a while. As a
business, the risk lies in the possibility of there not being a plethora of opportuni-
ties down the road when you really need one. As part of a firm, it can be easier to
go after an opportunity when it arises because the overall workload can be shared
somewhat. This may mean that a new project is assigned to a colleague who cur-
rently has a lighter load, or when multiple deadlines coalesce, others in the firm
step up to help support getting the projects done in a timely fashion, without the
need for too many concurrent all-nighters.
Another valuable aspect of not having to go it alone is apparent when handling
challenging projects or clients. Having a colleague you can problem-solve with, or
who can at least confirm you are not crazy, is a huge advantage.
support their efforts, and they contracted with me to be part of the project. As a
result of my efforts to become connected to initiatives related to my areas of interest,
more and more of my work is related to theseareas.
Always Learning
As an evaluator, Ineed to keep learning and adapting or risk becoming obsolete.
For me, this is an aspect of my work that keeps it alive and exciting. On one hand,
there is the ever-evolving world of program evaluation that Istrive to keep abreast
of through everything from concise and very useful daily blog posts from AEA
(AEA365) to attending their annual conference. (I have not missed one since first
attending as a graduate student in 2003.) In addition to keeping up with the field of
evaluation, Ialso strive to remain involved and engaged in the field of community
psychology through newsletters, journals (often only having a chance to skim), and
conferences. There is also the matter of the content areas of my projects. This means
that at any given time Imight be trying to get up to speed on best practices in early
childhood education, retaining minority science students in college, or providing
effective professional development to special education teachers. It can make your
head spin, but it is neverdull.
Potential Drawbacks
Not Completely Independent
While Ienjoy a great deal of autonomy in my position, Iam not completely inde-
pendent. The decision to take on a new project is not mine to make alone. Imight
be asked to take on a project in a content area in which Ihave little previous experi-
ence or one that is outside my areas of interest. As part of a group or organization,
Iam not the ultimate decision maker for all things related to my work. In reality, we
are rarely the ultimate rulers of our worlds, because we always have to factor in and
respond to clients or collaborators. As with clients and collaborators, the impact of
working as part of a firm where you are not making all the choices and decisions
varies a lot with the culture of the organization and the management style of bosses
or colleagues.
FastPace
One of the characteristics that can distinguish evaluation from research is the faster
pace. Part of this stems from the reality that for data and learning to be useful, it has
to get into a clients hands fast enough. The fast pace is also connected to the short
time span of some projects or grants, sometimes with the whole project only span-
ning a period of months. Another aspect of pace that is not related to individual
projects is the reality of having multiple projects with different deliverables, dead-
lines, and challenges.
Getting theJob
If this is all sounding good to you and you want to set yourself on the path to a posi-
tion at an evaluation firm, the following is some advice foryou.
Training
While there are graduate programs in evaluation, many if not most evaluators have
received their graduate training in other fields, including community psychology.
Evaluation is a part of many of my community psychology colleagues careers to
varying degrees. Iam not surprised, as Ifeel that my training as a community psy-
chologist has served me exceedingly well as an evaluator.
Regardless of the specific program, courses in program evaluation, statistics,
and research methods are all very helpful as an evaluator. Additionally, training or
experience in program design; group processes and facilitation; survey tool devel-
opment; and conducting interviews and focus groups is also valuable.
The issue of whether to get a doctorate degree or a masters degree is a com-
plicated one. There are interesting jobs for those with masters degrees, and with
experience someone with a masters can progress to having a lot of autonomy and
responsibility. Having said that, my experience has been that a doctorate allows for
entry into higher-level jobs with more autonomy and flexibility from thestart.
In addition to formal programs and courses to prepare for a career in evaluation,
Istrongly advise looking for opportunities to work on an evaluation project and to
participate in workshops at local and national evaluation conferences.
Marketing Yourself
Once you have the training needed to establish your evaluation skills, it is time to
market your skill set to potential employers. An important lesson for me was look-
ing beyond the title of available jobs and instead focusing on the skill set employers
were looking for, and then clearly conveying how my training and experience had
prepared me with those very skills.
Even once employed at an evaluation firm, the self-marketing doesnt stop there,
because potential clients need to find out why the unique skills of a community psy-
chologist who is an evaluator is just what they need. Ihave found that connecting
with potential employers as well as clients is all about putting myself in spaces where
interesting and important things are happening. This has included local evaluation
group events, meetings of coalitions working on areas important to me, and national
evaluation conferences.
Reference
Patton, M. Q. (2010). Developmental evaluation:Applying complexity concepts to enhance innovation
and use. NewYork, NY:GuilfordPress.
13
Nonprofit Support
Can You Profit from Working with Nonprofits?
Marc Goldstein and JohnDaviau
In theBeginning
Neither of us began our careers with the intent of becoming consultants to nonprof-
its. One of us ( John) worked for 20years in staff positions in several nonprofit orga-
nizations, and earned an MA degree in Community Psychology in 2004. One of
the graduate courses that piqued his interest was a course in consultation. Since he
was already working as an internal consultant at a large nonprofit, he began thinking
about starting his own consulting business and began planning for that possibility
by solidifying a network of potential clients through effective partnerships and lead-
ership roles. When his current work situation began to deteriorate due to organiza-
tional changes, John left and started his consulting business in2006.
The other one of us (Marc) completed his PhD in Psychology with a heavy
emphasis in community psychology, and taught in that field for 33years at a state
university. During his academic career, and now, following his retirement from
the academy, he has worked part time as a consultant for a variety of nonprofit
and municipal groups. His start in consulting began through a chance connec-
tion with a local organization. He and a colleague had been approached by the
executive director of a regional substance abuse council to write the evaluation
157
section of a grant proposal seeking $1.5million dollars over five years for a sub-
stance abuse coalition. The proposal, in Marcs eyes, was exceedingly vague and
amorphous. Now, literally a week before the due date, and in the middle of the
academic semester, there was no way to provide meaningful assistance. Marc and
his colleague bowed out, saying while they might be able to help on a future sub-
mission, there was no way we could rescue this train wreck of a proposal. The
executive director acknowledged the sad state of the proposal, but told them she
was going to submit it anyway to placate the pressure she was feeling from the
agencys board. Surprisingly, the grant received funding. This was Marcs intro-
duction to the political world of grant writing and nonprofit organizations. He
ended up working as the local evaluator on that five-year grant and it started his
30-year involvement in working with such organizations in addition to being a
traditional academic.
Nonp ro fit Suppor t:P ro fit f rom Work ing w i th Nonp ro f i t s ? 159
turbulent economies, such as the last several years, nonprofits often suffer more
than for-profit businesses because of reductions in government spending, cutbacks
in donations to charitable groups, and reduced earnings on endowments to private
foundations. Let us now briefly describe the kinds of organizations we serve fol-
lowed by an elaboration on the types of services we provide.
Who We WorkWith
Our most common clients are community coalitions and other organizations
focused on substance abuse prevention. In Connecticut, these other organizations
include Regional Action Councils, state agencies such as the Department of Mental
Health and Addiction Services, Youth Service Bureaus, and local prevention coun-
cils. The federal government legislatively channels millions of dollars each year to
these groups through such programs as the Substance Abuse Block Grants (http://
www.samhsa.gov/grants/blockgrant), the Drug-Free Communities Act (http://
beta.samhsa.gov/grants/grant-announcements/sp-14-002), and the Safe and
Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act (http://www2.ed.gov/policy/elsec/
leg/esea02/pg51.html). Many of the coalitions and agencies we have worked with
have been supported by such funding; some have also received funding from other
sources, such as local or regional foundations.
We have also done some work, primarily need assessments, for local health
districts in Connecticut. Our other employers have included school systems and
police departments. Because of the inherent structure of local school districts in
Connecticut (they are fiercely independent, financed by local property taxes, lead-
ing to big discrepancies in per pupil spending across towns and high overhead/
administrative costs), our work with schools has been more sporadic than with
other types of organizations. This situation is different in many states that either
have more county-based educational systems or rural systems where the school dis-
trict is the primary venue for services directed atyouth.
Services Offered
One domain of service that we offer would fall under the rubric of organizational
development. This would include a variety of activities at different points along the
organizations life cycle. For new and emerging organizations, this might include
helping them establish needed structures (committees), create by-laws and operat-
ing procedures, develop strategies for recruiting new members, identify and provide
specific training needs, and build organizational capacity. Often these organizations
have a priority to establish collaborative relationships and partnerships within the
community. We often guide and support clients to network, coordinate, and col-
laborate with other community entities including the sharing of resources to achieve
common goals. For more mature organizations, this might include more emphasis
on long-term planning to improve overall outcomes, staff and executive training and
coaching, and funding/sustainability strategies.
A second cluster of services deal with environmental/community scanning and
assessment. This domain would encompass such areas as (a) conducting needs
assessments and identifying gaps in service; (b) assessing community strengths
and resources (Kretzmann & McKnight, 1993); and (c) examining community
structure (existing organizations and their history of coordination) and commu-
nity attitudes to gauge the readiness of communities to advance effective prevention
strategies.
One of the key skills that community psychologists bring to the table is the
ability to conceptualize a problem from multiple perspectives. Notions such as first-
and second-order change (Watzlawick, Weakland, & Fisch, 1974)and the ability
to reframe issues can be extremely helpful when working with individuals and/
or groups who have developed certain myopias when thinking about a commu-
nity concern. Such skills can help groups find creative ways to address persisting
problems.
Today, almost all providers of funding to nonprofits (i.e., local or state level
agencies and foundations) require some type of evaluative process to ensure that
provided funds are (1)being spent appropriately; and (2)creating positive change
on specific indicators relevant to the objectives of the program. Historically, many
evaluations were largely accounting exercises (e.g., was money spent on appropriate
items? how many units of service were delivered?), but since the widespread adop-
tion of logic model frameworks in federal, state, and foundation grant requests in
the 1990s (see Knowlton & Phillips, 2013, for an overview and history), there is a
much greater emphasis on both process and outcome evaluations at the individual,
organizational, and community level. Many federal grants require that about 10% of
the total funding be earmarked for evaluation services, and organizations are explic-
itly encouraged to seek outside evaluators for this work, making program evaluation
a key area for consultation.
Another type of assistance that we provide is in grant writing. Many organiza-
tions may not have individuals with experience to write grant proposals for govern-
ment (federal or state) or private (foundations) sources. This work requires strong
writing skills and familiarity with the particular details required in such applica-
tions. In addition, grant applications usually require inclusion of community data
that demonstrate the need for the program that the grant applicant is proposing.
Obtaining such information involves knowing how and where to obtain various
social indicator data from government sources (e.g., US Census, state departments
of Health, Education, and thelike).
Nonp ro fit Suppor t:P ro fit f rom Work ing w i th Nonp ro f i t s ? 161
Key SkillSets
There are a number of skills needed to do the kinds of work just described. Most
of these have been delineated in the Competencies for Community Psychology
Practice that were developed by the Task Group on Defining Practice Competencies
and presented in Dalton and Wolfe (2012). That comprehensive list included
18 competencies for community psychology practice grouped under five headings.
While all the skills listed might come into play at some point over a career as a con-
sultant, we only discuss a subset of these competencies that are most relevant to
our everyday consulting work. We will also mention one other skill area, customer
service orientation, which is not part of thatlist.
The first four foundational competenciesan ecological perspective, empow-
erment, sociocultural competence, and community inclusion and partnership
clearly represent much of what community psychologists can uniquely bring to
their consulting practice. The types of organizations we work with often fail to see
the full complexity of the ecosystem in which they are embedded. Helping them
to see more clearly the dynamic interactions between individuals and groups and
the greater community is one of the key assets we can share with them. Moreover
the notions of first-and second-order change and their application to problem con-
ceptualization and problem-solving (Watzlawick etal., 1974)are particularly valu-
able in helping organizations clearly identify the level of environment at which they
should address their change efforts.
We also believe that effective consulting work with a nonprofit organization
should empower the organization and build its overall capacity. We do not want to
be simply a pair of hands (see Block, 2011 for an excellent discussion of roles that
consultants canplay).
The concepts of sociocultural competence and community inclusion and part-
nership often play out in several ways. First, knowledge of and appreciation for the
many cultural groups within the community and how to incorporate this diversity
is a requisite if you are trying to help build a community organization that will have
the trust and capacity to mobilize community energy toward meaningful change. In
a different context, sociocultural competence may be reflected in terms of under-
standing and respecting the professional and organizational cultures in which we
work. Schools, human service organizations, and police departments each have
their own culture, which reflects both the socialization characteristics of the profes-
sionals involved and the leadership styles of those in charge. Sensitivity to these
nuances is critical for your expertise to be appreciated and meaningfully used within
nonprofit organizations.
Beyond these foundational skills, other important competencies would fall
under the headings of community program development and management, com-
munity and organizational capacity-building, social change, or community research.
Nonp ro fit Suppor t:P ro fit f rom Work ing w i th Nonp ro f i t s ? 163
One of the deep structural values in academic culture, particularly at the PhD level,
is that, in the academy, you largely march to the beat of your own drum:you decide
your research agenda; you (often) decide what courses youll teach and how you
will teach them; you choose your own office hours (see Resnicow, Baranowski,
Ahluwalia, & Braithwaite, 1999, for a discussion of deep structure). Indeed, one of
the most intoxicating aspects of the academic lifestyle is the tremendous control
you have over your time. You may work very hard, but you work when youwant.
In contrast, being a consultant means you are often marching to the beat of the
clients drum. Deadlines for grant proposals and contract deliverables are rarely
negotiable. If you miss them, it damages your credibility and reputationyour most
important assetswith both current and future clients. This may seem obvious, but
in attempts to interest colleagues in consulting opportunities, I(Marc) have repeat-
edly encountered faculty who only want to do such work when it is convenient to
them, not to the client. This is not a customer service orientation.
If you are serious about being a consultant, you must understand that in most
situations, the clients needs come first, as this is how you will perpetuate work
for yourself through both repeat clients and positive word-of-mouth advertising.
Another manifestation of a customer service orientation is that you meet the client
where he or she is. You do not lecture to your client; you engage in meaningful two-
way conversation. Theoretical or statistical constructs are translated into laymens
terms. In other words, you do everything in your power to build the capacity of the
client and their organization through a positive client/consultant relationship.
Getting Started
While most of the concepts and skills needed to be an effective consultant are at
least touched upon in graduate community psychology programs, there is no sub-
stitute for at least five years of work experience inside a nonprofit organization to
learn the nuances of this culture and to become accepted as an expert in the field.
In many cases, fewer than five years will not be enough time to establish yourself as
a go to resource; moreover, your nonprofit work experience will do a number of
things to help your later work as an external consultant. First, it will increase your
skill levels and others awareness of your skills. Second, work in a nonprofit set-
ting will increase your credibility, both professionally and personally with future
potential clients. While the professional credibility is obvious, do not underesti-
mate the power of and need for personal credibility as well. Thirdly, it also increases
your ability to empathize with clients. The positive reputation you build in this stage
will have a direct impact on your bottom line as you start your business. Astrong
reputation was an extremely important factor for us in developing our consultant
practices. Finally, this experience will start your networking and provide you with
some initial contacts within the nonprofit domain that you can leverage to grow
your referral base (but see Thompson, 2007, for a discussion of the ethical and legal
issues of taking clients with you). The relationships you build at this stage will also
be an important factor in starting your consulting practice.
In addition to work experience, you should also regularly attend professional
conferences and trainings to learn (or at least be exposed to) new skills and con-
cepts. While many of these may be in psychology, do not be afraid to attend events
in other fields. Some of the best training I(Marc) have received has been at confer-
ences on such issues as advocacy and public policy. Be sure to investigate what kinds
of trainings or resources are offered (often free) by local or state-level agencies. In
Connecticut, for example, the state Department of Mental Health and Addiction
Services underwrites dozens of free courses at locations across the state. Such train-
ings are likely to put you into contact with new circles of professionals that, again,
may turn out to be great networking resources.
As you learn new skills or discover novel ways of applying them, be sure to pass
them on by presenting at conferences or at community events. Such presentations
bring value to your colleagues, demonstrate your own credibility, and provide great
networking opportunities.
Potential consulting opportunities may require a wide range of skills and exper-
tise, some of which you have, and some of which you do not. In such cases, it may be
possible to partner with other consultants with complementary skill sets or knowl-
edge bases to apply for the job. For example, one job with a local police department
required skills in both community analysis and police operations and procedures.
I(Marc) collaborated with a faculty member in criminal justice to complete thisjob.
Finally, it is a good idea, if possible, to maintain a connection to your universitys
library system. As students, we take access to electronic databases for granted, but
once beyond the university, many of these privileges stop. I(Marc) have talked with
numerous independent consultants (across all fields) who report that their separa-
tion from these bibliographic services constitute a significant handicap in staying
abreast with developments in their field. Indeed, Ihave bartered my access to online
journals for consultation on particular skills or expertise that Ido not possess.
Nonp ro fit Suppor t:P ro fit f rom Work ing w i th Nonp ro f i t s ? 165
can ask for patience, but as a consultant, you cannot. Do not damage your credibil-
ity by taking on a project that requires competencies you do nothave.
Once you know what you are providing, the second step is getting your message
out there to potential clients. This can be done in a number of ways. Contact your
existing network (e.g., friends, people you already work with, and so on) and let
them know that you are now working as a consultant (but see Thompson, 2007, for
a discussion of the ethical and legal issues involved). While you may think the easi-
est way to do this is by email or social media, face-to-face or telephone contact will
have more of an impact and you can ask these individuals for names of others who
might be interested in your services. As your client list grows, be sure to ask them to
pass your name on to others. In our practices, positive word-of-mouth advertising
continues to be the most successful method to obtain new contracts.
You will be expected to maintain a website that at minimum describes what you
offer as well as information about you, such as your education and work experience.
You do not need to go overboard on your website design (unless website design is
what you are selling); its primary purpose is to validate your existence, identify the
services you provide, and provide contact information. You can also use other social
media venues like Facebook and LinkedIn, but our experience is that these are not
primary sources for referrals but rather supplementary channels for potential clients
to find out more aboutyou.
A key way to build your visibility is to be active in professional organizations.
This would include organizations representing your own profession (e.g., the
Society for Community Research and Action), as well as those organizations
where your potential clients may be members. Check for state level associations
that represent prevention and/or human service organizations. By active we mean
attending meetings, making presentations at conferences, and writing short arti-
cles for organizational newsletters or websites. Another possible resource can be
found in the Requests for Proposals (RFP) from state and municipal organizations.
Most state agencies and municipalities maintain web pages where they list RFPs,
RFAs (Request for Applications), RFQs (Requests for Qualifications), and RFIs
(Requests for Information). While most of these will not be for services you provide,
every now and then you may find a valuable opportunity. Anote of caution:many of
these agencies are required by law to post these notices even though they know in
advance who they are going to hire to do the service. It is worth a phone call to the
organization to get some background on the RFP to see if they are really looking for
a new provider, or if the posting is simply a pro forma exercise.
Identify local and regional foundations that provide support to community-
based groups for organizational improvement and monitor their RFPs. You may be
able to help a community organization seek funding for long-term planning and
then provide the needed services. It is also valuable to know which community
organizations are applying for or have previously received federal or state grants to
support their activities since many of these grant programs have yearly cycles.
Nonp ro fit Suppor t:P ro fit f rom Work ing w i th Nonp ro f i t s ? 167
critical that you (a)estimate accurately how long given services will take to com-
plete, and (b)manage your time on various projects judiciously. Our experience is
that most jobs take longer than you think they will. It is not the tasks that you do
yourself that slow you down, it is the minor logistical issues of dealing with others
(e.g., setting up meetings and interviews, getting needed materials from others, and
so on), that always take longer than expected.
In this regard, a key learning is to know when you need to charge by the hour
instead of by the job. The need to charge hourly may increase when too many facets
of the deliverables are dependent on others, including your client. This happens
often and will slow your ability to meet deadlines. Your client will want to control
costs and will therefore want a set price, but setting up protocols for additional
costs, if others slow the project down, can be an effective strategy.
Conclusion
Working as a consultant with nonprofit organizations can be both a demanding
and exhilarating experience. Working to assist in organizational change is always
fraught with difficulties because organizations, like people, are resistant to change.
Typically, energy, either in the form of new resources or in the redirection of current
resources, must be added to the system for meaningful change to occur. The task of
the consultant is to help the organization find such energy without being the sole
source of it. The exhilaration comes from seeing organizations devoted to positive
community change become empowered, making the world (or at least one piece of
it) a betterplace.
References
Block, P. (2011). Flawless consulting:Aguide to getting your expertise used, 3rd ed. San Francisco,
CA:Jossey-Bass.
Butterfoss, F. (2007). Coalitions and partnerships in community health. San Francisco, CA:Jossey-Bass.
Center for Prevention Research and Development. (2009). Background research: The strategic pre-
vention framework. Champaign: Center for Prevention Research and Development, Institute
of Government and Public Affairs, University of Illinois. http://www.cprd.illinois.edu/files/
ResearchBrief_SPF_2009.pdf
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (2012). Joint column:Education connection and the community practitio-
ner. The Community Psychologist, 45(4),714.
Knowlton, L. W., & Phillips, C. C. (2013). The logic model guidebook:Best strategies for great results.
Thousand Oaks, CA:Sage.
Kretzmann, J.P., & McKnight, J.L. (1993). Building communities from the inside out:Apath toward
finding and mobilizing a communities assets. Evanston, IL: The Asset-Based Community
Development Institute, Institute for Policy Research, Northwestern University.
Resnicow, K., Baranowski, T., Ahluwalia, J.S., & Braithwaite, R.L. (1999). Cultural sensitivity in
public health:Defined and demystified. Ethnicity & Disease, 9(1),1021.
Thompson, S. (2007). Can you take your clients with you when you quit? Retrieved from http://voices.
yahoo.com/can-take-clients-quit-297862.html
Viola, J. & McMahon, S. D. (2010). Consulting and evaluation with nonprofit and community-based
organizations. Sudbury, MA: Jones and Bartlett.
Watzlawick, P., Weakland, J.W., & Fisch, R. (1974). Change. NewYork, NY:Norton.
14
GoingSolo
Community Psychology as a Small Business
Susan M.Wolfe
169
director for a large, longitudinal study of homelessness, and was one of the best
research experiences I had during my career. It was the first time I worked in research
in an academic setting. It sharpened my project management skills, I learned about
the federal grant process, broadened my analytic skills to include structural equa-
tion modeling, gained content expertise in homelessness and poverty, developed
relationships with community service providers to access research participants,
and overall I grew as a researcher. I started the job in Buffalo, New York. After six
months the project headquarters moved to Detroit, Michigan, and we implemented
the study in a second site and also designed and implemented a study of adolescent
homelessness. While it was an ideal job, personal circumstances intervened, and I
left after a year and a half to move back to Texas.
My next opportunity was as director of research for a childrens mental health
center that provided psychological, social work, and case management services.
This was a newly created position. While Iwas looking for a job in Texas Icalled
many key individuals whose names Igot through referrals and researching nonprofit
organizations in the Dallas, Texas, area. Each time Icalled Igave a brief overview of
my skills and interests, and asked the person Icalled if they knew of any positions
available in the area that would fit with them. Each person Icontacted gave me a
name and number. Eventually Ireached the director of the center who had money
available and was planning to hire someone likeme.
RECOMMENDATION:Have an elevator speech ready for networking that very
briefly highlights your strengths and interests.
I was hired to initiate a research department, but found what they actually had
in mind for me was to search for and write grants. This was my introduction to the
inner workings of nonprofit, community-based agencies and how they are funded.
What became obvious was that there is little funding to sustain existing services
so these organizations must become creative with reframing what they are doing
to accommodate new models that are being funded. For this agency the available
funding would have necessitated deviating too far from the agency mission and
model, so it was an uphill battle to find suitable grants. Sustainability for such ser-
vices also requires that they have a good fundraiser who knows how to recruit and
engage a board with connections to resources, and to plan appealing events that
many people will pay to attend. The board at the time was reluctant to depart from
their old school type of events (very pricey charity balls hosted by has-been local
celebrities), and the fundraisers were not meeting their goals. When the agency
experienced funding cutbacks, my position was one that had to be eliminated. By
this time Iwas back in school working to complete my PhD in human development.
During the next four years Ihad the opportunity to work as a graduate assistant
on a longitudinal study of adolescent development and supplemented my income
with consulting work. While attending graduate school and working on this study
Ilearned a lot about developing and testing theory. Over that same period, Icom-
pleted several studies and program evaluations as a consultant. At that time Idid
not have a business model in place. All of the work Ihad was received through word
of mouth and opportunities that fell into my lap. This was the mid-1990s, before
evidence-based models were required, and funders were asking projects to report
only outputs. One of my contracts was to serve as the local evaluator for Dallas
Healthy Start, a Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) initia-
tive to reduce infant mortality that provided money for communities to apply as
they chose to address the problem. The project funded several different local pro-
grams that ranged from a low-birth-weight development center to teen pregnancy
prevention. Toward the end of my tenure as local evaluator, we were all invited to
Washington, DC, for a meeting to learn about a new technique called a logic model,
and to begin discussing common performance measures across Healthy Start sites.
Shortly afterward, I received an employment offer from the medical center that
served as the Healthy Start parent organization, which required that Igive up my
consulting contract.
One of the most valuable experiences Ihad to prepare me for consulting was
serving as a program manager at the medical center, a position Iheld for four years.
Iwas hired to manage a program that provided education and support for pregnant
and parenting adolescents. When Iarrived, the program was in disarray with dated
materials, lack of structure, and staff running amok. As Icreated structure, staff reac-
tions ranged from appreciative to antagonistic and ineffective. I gained valuable
experience with creating change within an organization.
RECOMMENDATION:If you want to provide evaluation and capacity-building
services, it is helpful to have experience actually managing programs and working within
a larger organization.
As the hospital shifted its priorities, the decision was made to fold this educa-
tion into the larger hospital prenatal and parenting education program, and Iwas
reassigned to manage a program that served substance-abusing pregnant women
and the rape crisis center, both of which were described to me as being in need of a
house cleaning. This ended up being true for the program serving substance abus-
ers, whose social worker was found sleeping in her car on occasions in the parking
garage during work hours. The rape crisis center staff did not require any changes;
they simply needed a manager who would support their needs and advocate on
their behalf.
I found managing the rape crisis center was especially challenging because there
was a mismatch between the needs and culture of mental health providers and the
medical center. The challenges were compounded by a mismatch between my man-
agement style and that of my supervisor. After she made the decision to transfer the
crisis hotline to a nurse hotline, which put victims in crisis on hold for an average of
15 minutes, Iknew it was time for me to give up and find alternative employment.
While at the medical center, Ilearned a lot about the role that a larger organizational
culture and structure play in supporting, or restraining, programs or departments in
their efforts to provide quality services.
My search for the next job included networking. Through this process I was
introduced to the Regional Inspector General for the Region VI office for the US
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), Office of the Inspector
General (OIG), Office of Evaluation and Inspections (OEI). When a position came
open Iapplied, and then found out that someone in Washington, DC, lost part of
my application. Because it was incomplete, Icould not be considered. Iwaited an
additional five months until another position opened up, and Iapplied again. This
time my application was forwarded to the Region VI office, Iwas interviewed and
hired as a program analyst.
RECOMMENDATION:If you are interested in a specific job or organization, do
not give up at the first rejection, and always remain gracious no matter what happens.
Iwas later told that one of the factors that contributed to my being hired was the way
Ireacted to the lost application incident.
I would advise anyone with an interest in a practice career to work for the fed-
eral governmenteither as a long-term career, or at least long enough to have the
experience. If possible, get in early in your career so that you can position yourself
for longevity should you decide to stay for the duration. Iwas located in a regional
office, but the work we did was national in scope. In addition to the actual evalua-
tion experience, this allowed me to learn about how to research and analyze laws,
regulations, and policies; how to evaluate their implementation; how to write about
sensitive information for the general public (in a way that left little or no room for
distortion of findings); and how to craft actionable recommendations for federal
programs and policies. If you are fortunate enough to live in one of the cities where
the agency is headquartered or can relocate, there are ample opportunities to move
around within the federal government. Such opportunities are somewhat limited
in the regional offices, especially if you enter federal service later in your career and
have little time to position yourself.
RECOMMENDATION:If it is feasible, seek employment with the federal govern-
ment. It can either lead to a really great career, or it will give you valuable experience and
an understanding of policy and the larger picture.
Toward the end of my tenure with the federal government, given that there were
limited career options where Ilived, Idecided Iwould like to try my hand at con-
sulting. As an analyst with the Office of the Inspector General (OIG), Iwas not able
to develop my business while employed there because of potential conflicts of inter-
est. Iapplied for a position with a large, urban school district that Ifound posted on
the American Evaluation Association website and was hired. Itook the job with the
mindset that if Ireally liked it, Iwould stay and develop my career there, but if not,
Iwould work to set up the structure needed for a consulting business. After a couple
of months Irealized that this position was definitely not a good fit for me. The orga-
nization was rigid with its start and end times, and Iwas used to a more flexible
schedule. Also, there were some boundary problems with the evaluation depart-
ment reporting directly to curriculum and instructionand most evaluations were
of their programs and initiatives. Iwas assigned to evaluate a high profile project
that was the superintendents pride and joy. Iwrote my findings, which suggested all
was not well with the effort, and large pieces of the report werecut.
RECOMMENDATION: Despite my dissatisfaction in this particular position,
anyone interested in working with schools and school system evaluations should consider
employment at a school district, because Ilearned a lot during my short time there, and
Ibuilt credibility by having worked on the inside.
As the year unfolded, Iworked to structure my consulting business. Iincorpo-
rated as a limited liability corporation, developed my web page, and completed a busi-
ness plan. Itold a colleague who is a consultant that Iwas going into business and
a week later the Request for Proposals for Dallas Healthy Start (my former client)
appeared in my email box. I responded and won the contract (a very small con-
tract), and at the same time a friend of mine invited me to assist with some training
she was doing for a large corporation. While this was nowhere near enough income,
Idecided to have faith that Icould do it and quit my full-time work for full-time
consulting.
A BusinessModel
When Ibegan my business, Iwas fortunate to receive advice and support from some
amazing colleagues that Imet through the AEA Independent Consulting Topical
Interest Group (TIG). They were happy to share their knowledge and expertise and
were genuine in their wishes for my success.
RECOMMENDATION:Anyone interested in developing a consulting practice should
start by getting to know the AEA Independent Consulting TIG. Attend an AEA confer-
ence, network, and attend the sessions they sponsor.
The most important thing to keep in mind is that as a consultant you are also a
business. If you want to succeed long-term, then it will require a structure and tend-
ing to the business side of the endeavor, including legalities and accounting. If you
do well, you can hire out many of these services. If you are small, you will end up
doing a lot of them yourself. First and foremost is deciding upon a business struc-
ture. Ichose the Limited Liability Corporation because it separated liability for my
business from that of my personal finances. Ifound a company online that did all of
the required paperwork, including setting me up with a federal taxpayer identifica-
tion number (TIN). Getting all of this set up was easily accomplished by utilizing
the services of an online business that took care of all of the paperwork for me for
about $500. This was only the beginning of the start-up expenditures.
RECOMMENDATION:Get the separate TIN because you will often need to share this
number with organizations in proposals and on other potentially publicly available docu-
ments where you would not want to share your social security number.
Finances
You may want to establish separate bank accounts. They will require the incorpora-
tion or other paperwork associated with your business structure. You can also get a
credit card for your business that helps you to track your business finances separately
from your personal finances. Contact your local bank and they will tell you what is
needed. As a self-employed person you will need to pay estimated income and self-
employment taxes quarterly (IRS Publication #334 explains all the requirements).
If you are not planning to utilize the services of an accountant, invest in accounting
software (e.g., Quickbooks). It helps with tracking income and expenses, and has
a feature for preparing and tracking invoices as well. Most importantly, keep every
check stub and receipt, and set up a system for tracking and filing theseitems.
RECOMMENDATION:Work with your local bank to establish a bank account sepa-
rate from your personal finances, get a separate credit card, and save every check stub and
receipt.
Contracting
As a consultant, after successfully bidding on a project or being selected by an orga-
nization, the next step in the process is to sign a contract. Most organizations will
prepare it and send it to you. If you can afford to, have a lawyer look it over. If you
cannot, make sure you read EVERY WORD in detail. Ihave received contracts with
requirements that Iwas unwilling or unable to meet. For example, there is usually
a requirement for workers compensation insurance. The problem with that is that
Ihave no workers to insure and so Ihave them take that requirement out of the
contract, and all have been willing to do so. One organization sent a small contract
that required that Iarrange and pay for a criminal background check, drug testing,
and other measures that would have cost so much that Iwould not have made any
money. Isent it back and all of those requirements were removed. After you sign the
contract, make sure you keep the scope of work and agreement front and center to
ensure that you are consistently meeting the obligations.
RECOMMENDATION:Read every word of each contract carefully and do not be shy
about negotiating and asking for changes.
Insurance
Another requirement for nearly all contracts to have insurance, including errors
and omissions, professional liability, automotive, and other coverage. This can be
purchased through professional associations, such as the American Psychological
Association, and through local insurance agents. There are likely online options as
well, but Ihave not exploredthem.
Finally, there are ample opportunities for growth. It is very important as a solo
consultant to continue with professional development and keep knowledge current.
The best part is that you decide which areas you want to develop and the direc-
tions you would like to take. For example, I have recently been learning about a
wider range of qualitative methods and incorporating them into my practice. When
my clients implement a new program or approach, they often include me in their
training. Ihave developed additional content and methodological expertise because
ofthis.
not within your control. As a business person, you also have to be mindful of keep-
ing the scope of work within budget so you are not working free hours. Additionally,
oftentimes, you have no control over what the organization does with your findings,
and the extent to which they implement the changes you recommend. The vision
you may have for where a program or initiative could go and what could be accom-
plished, the approaches that could empower communities, and how programs or
communities could be more responsive to the needs of their stakeholders often does
not match the capabilities, resources, or willingness of the contracting organization.
While Ienjoy working at home and the many benefits of doing so, it can also be
isolating. Iam often working solo and miss having a team to kick around ideas with
and review and comment on my reports. If Iwant to lunch with others, it usually
means driving some distance to meet them, and this takes too much time out of
my day and can be distracting. Extra effort goes into developing and maintaining a
professional network to meet or lunch with on occasion. But it still does not replace
that every day interaction that comes with working in a larger organization and hav-
ing consistent daily colleagues and teams to workon.
Finally, another drawback is that being successful requires not only the technical
knowledge, skills, and abilities, but the added layer of being a business person. It
requires marketing the business, making sure the logo goes on presentation slides,
and the constant awareness that you are representing a business. It requires being
diplomatic and presenting your best self all the time. Even when you are out and
about for personal fun, you are aware that you may run into a potential contractor
and need to present accordingly. All decisions about activities must consider the
business. For example, even when you want to volunteer for a worthy cause, you
have to determine whether such volunteering will take away too much time from
your paid activities and consider the balance.
In summary, there are many benefits to a solo consulting practice, but it is not
necessarily a bed of roses. It requires tolerance for ambiguity, dedication, and a lot
of self-discipline. It also requires starting out with some kind of financial base that
can accommodate income fluctuations and the start-up period, which can take a
couple ofyears.
dependency on me, Iwork to build their capacity. Iwork with them as a partner and
respect what they bring to the table. My clients have expressed appreciation for the
difference between my approach and consultants they have worked with in thepast.
RECOMMENDATION:Highlight your values as a community psychologist and do all
of your work consistent withthem.
In addition to the foundational principles such as ecological perspectives,
empowerment, sociocultural and cross-cultural competence, community inclu-
sion and partnership, and ethical reflective practice, your toolbox will need to
include more tangible, hands-on skills. The remainder of this section will provide
some description of which of the competencies described by Dalton and Wolfe
(2012) you might want to further develop based upon their specific application to
consulting.
funding organizations (especially those who serve your area of interest). Look
at federal government, foundations, and other local funding sources to learn
what they fund, what the requirements are, how much their proposals require.
Developing your grant-writing skills is also important. You will be writing pro-
posals for your own business, and your clients may ask for help with theirs as
well. Learn the different styles associated with writing federal versus local founda-
tion grants. Finally, being able to conduct a needs and resources assessment, and
develop actionable recommendations from it, is another basic skill that you will
likely draw upon regularly. The extent to which you develop your organizational
development and other skills will depend on the scope of services you will choose
tooffer.
Community Research
Participatory community research and program evaluation will likely be the focus
of your consulting practice. Fortunately, to the best of my knowledge, all commu-
nity psychology programs provide excellent training in this area. You might supple-
ment this by more extensive training in the different models of program evaluation
and developing an understanding of the different approaches you might take. The
American Evaluation Association provides a wealth of resources for expanding your
evaluation toolbox.
Experience
There is still no teacher like experience. Students often tell me that they want to
graduate and become consultants. More often than not, this will not work out well
unless you have returned to school to finish a PhD after years in the field. Getting
job experience in more than one setting is advisable. While you may get experience
through internships and other means, there is no substitute for the experiences and
situations you will encounter as an employee. Being out of school and into the pro-
fessional world brings with it a set of expectations and experiences that are not open
for interns. The result is that you have access to new situations and challenges that
will facilitate your growth as a professional.
Suggested Resources
Should you decide you would like to pursue a solo consulting practice, here are
some resources that you might find helpful.
Reference
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (2012). Joint column: Education and the community practitioner.
Competencies for community psychology practice Society for Community Research and
Action DRAFT August 15, 2012. The Community Psychologist, 45,714.
15
A Crossroads of Disciplines
A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Academy...
Vincent T. Francisco
A funny thing happened on the way to the academy for me. Itook a road less trav-
eled and arrived at the more interesting place anticipated by Robert Frost. For
many of us, we are the first generation to go to college. Outside of the priests at my
church, the teachers at school, and a few other people Imetalong the way, Idid not
know anyone who went to college. My sister was the first Francisco (among any
in the family we knew about) to actually finish high school. Ialways wanted to go
to college, but Icouldnt figure out how to do it. We had no money for this in our
family, so Ibegan working in factories and doing odd jobs to save money. When the
time came, Iapplied for financial aid but was denied. That made staying in school a
challenge, since Icouldnt afford tuition. So for a while, Iwould go to school when
Ihad money and worked multiple jobs when Ididnt. All the time, Iwas passionate
about learning (always have been, right from when Iwas a small child), and Icon-
sumed every field that caught my attention. In my family, the saying went that educa-
tion was not something we could ever get in a school. They could only put information
in front of us. Education was our responsibility. It was about lifelong learning. This
is one of the greatest gifts my family gavetome.
I had only a few questions driving me, and they still drive me. Why are some peo-
ple successful and others not successful? Why do people do what they do? Why are
some problems more concentrated in my neighborhood and not in others nearby?
How is it that Isurvived, and yet many other kids Iknew didnt? Can we create con-
ditions under which others can succeed? Iwas always passionate about science, but
most of the science teachers steered me toward biological sciences. Many of them
were of the opinion that studying people wasnt really science, and psychology was
all about things not related to science. But these questions wouldnt let me go, so
Ipursued them covertly, and did all that Icould to study people. So, in-between
and during my early undergraduate years, Ispent time with people of nearly every
183
religion Icould find, studying their philosophy and theology texts, and getting into
grand arguments about root causes and definitions of God. For example,
In many cases, they had the same questions too, but with different ways of fram-
ing them, and a different attribution of causes.
Transition toSeminary
Along the way, Iran into the writings of several medieval-period transcribers and
interpreters of early philosophical texts. This led me to Thomas Aquinas and Teresa
of Avila, and renewed my interest in my lifelong questions. At the encouragement
of trusted friends, Ientered a seminary to study for the priesthood in the Roman
Catholic Church. The bishop sent me to study philosophy and theology with the
Dominican Order at Providence College. While there, Itook a course in the Science
of Human Behavior from a professor (Dr.Rich Lambe) who turned into a lifelong
friend and mentor. Rich taught me that we really could study human behavior, and
that there were actual scientific principles at work there. Itook some time off from
seminary and was hired as a research assistant in the Department of Child and
Family Psychiatry at Brown University School of Medicine. Icoordinated a variety
of projects, including two of their clinics, and did all of their database management
and statistical analyses. Several graduate programs were recruiting me, but they
were not working on the questions Iwanted to study. Rich and Karen Lambe intro-
duced me to Steve Fawcett, another graduate of Providence College and a mentee
of Rich. We didnt even finish the first beer when it was clear that Steve and Ihad
the same questions and same passion to make a difference in peoples lives. Iwasnt
ready for graduate school, but Iknew that Iwould be working and studying with
Steve Fawcett whenIdid.
In the meantime, a friend and Icreated a company in New Hampshire to guide
people in outdoor adventures. I needed a job, so I applied for a teaching job in
several private schools common to that area. Iwas in an interview for just such a
position at Spaulding Youth Center when Ifigured out they were not interviewing
An Intersection ofDisciplines
I involved myself in as many of their research projects as Icould, and Ijoined and
attended the Association for Behavior Analysis. Steve Fawcett, myself, and a host
of others (most of whom were then current and former students of Steves) created
the Work Group for Community Health and Development. We had been working
on research in the field of independent living. Many of the researchers and practi-
tioners working in independent living were involved in the Society for Community
and my mentors) must have been doing something right, as we had incredible com-
munity partners all along this journey. My most trusted mentors were both inside
and outside the academy, but the academy has been my home for most of my career.
This intersection of behavioral science (the methodology to answer important
questions) with the values of community psychology, along with the outcomes ori-
entation and population-level influence of public health, is the right place to be.
Fortunately, there is more overlap among these three fields than differences.
Overlaps between the fields of behavioral science, community psychology, and
public health are present and the result of professional association influences more
than disciplinary differences. Many of the people involved in these fields are inter-
ested primarily in the outcomes experienced by themselves and people they value.
Others are more interested in the methodology involved in asking and answering
the questions. For still others, the attraction lies in identifying principles and theo-
ries. All of these approaches and foci are needed when one wants to make substan-
tial and lasting improvements in how we live, resulting in valued outcomessuch
as helping more people to live successful, long, and productive lives. Psychology
and the behavioral sciences are about understanding individual behavior and adapt-
ing people to be more functional in context. Community psychology has been said
to focus on understanding and adapting contexts to affect human behavior. Public
health has a focus on overarching population-health outcomes, made up of indi-
viduals behaving in context, and contexts affecting individual behavior, but still
focused on the broader populations.
The methodologies across these three professions are quite similaroverlapping,
but still different. In some cases within each area, there are people focused on large
group studies. Others are focused on individual and single-subject research. The
questions determine a lot of the choice of study size, as do the methods employed
to answer those questions. There are volumes written about both, but Ithink it is
important to note that our personal experiences can have just as much influence.
The differences in levels of analysis are greatfrom whole population down to a
single individual. The understandings generated from each approach are also quite
different. One thing that remains constant is our interaction with our research, and
the framework from which we ask questions, choose methodologies, collect data,
and interpret results. We bring a lot to the table, and what we bringour personal
learning historiescannot be divorced from all ofthis.
Recommendations forTraining
and Capacity-BuildinginCP
There are several things that Itake away from reflecting on my own career and life up
to this point that Ithink could be important for others to consider. Ithink that these
For Students.
Develop the habit of exploring your world, and writing about it (every day). You
dont need to share the writing with others, but you will have a lot more to draw
upon as you are writing for scholarship.
Work hard to ensure the success of others. Create opportunities for others,
whether they are faculty, community members, other students, anyone.
Embrace your critics. They will teach you so much more than those who throw
praise at you. Value the praise too, but really embrace your critics and figure out
what to do with what they are telling you. Some of them will not be worth it, but
most are trying to help you be more successful.
It is my hope that by sharing these stories and ideas that others will be even more
successful than Ihavebeen.
16
Community Colleges
A Place for Community Psychology inAction
John M.Majer
Ive always been one to question things, to explore outside the comforts of con-
vention, to march to my own beat and all thatlike many in our field, Isuppose.
Thus, its not very surprising to me that Ive been working as a community college
professor for the past 10years; a position that typically does not attract many com-
munity psychologists but one that is a great fit for community-minded folks. In this
chapter, I share my educational and professional experiences to help those who
are finding their niche as community psychologists. Frankly, Ifeel my professional
development experiences have been amazing and beyond my expectations though
not without obstacle and effort. Maintaining close contact with other community
psychologists has been instrumental in navigating the course of my career and in
putting community psychology values into practice.
When Iapplied to doctoral programs Imade sure to mention in my essays that
my five-and 10-year goals would be influenced by my experiences in graduate
school. Ihad some research and post-masters clinical experiences in the commu-
nity to prepare me for my doctoral studies in clinical-community psychology. Iwas
certain Iwould maintain one foot in clinical psychology and the other in academia;
either as a university-level clinical faculty member or as a faculty member engaged
in research/teaching with a part-time clinical practice. These kinds of positions
were appealing to me based upon the lives of my clinical professors who worked in
varied settings. Ilearned so much when professors shared their professional experi-
ences in lectures, making multiple jobs and multiple paychecks appealing. But, life
is like a box of chocolates...
Shortly after beginning my doctoral program in clinical-community psychol-
ogy, Ibecame interested in research. Research seemed a necessary step to getting
accepted into a clinical psychology PhD program, and would be part of the pathway
of obtaining clinical licensure. But my graduate program mentor ignited my passion
for engaging in community-based research. At the beginning of my first quarter, he
189
support when I was in my graduate program). Living apart was not a viable
option, and it was a bit frustrating to discover out-of-state job postings where
Iseemed to be a really goodfit.
After my first year at the CCR, I used my literature search savvy in conduct-
ing online searches to find academic posts within a 100-mile radius, viewing each
academic sites human resources (and psychology) departments webpage twice
weekly for job leads/posts. This went on for about six months. Most positions were
in university settings, but Iincluded hospital/university settings and several com-
munity colleges in my search. In short, Iapplied to about 15 places, received a few
interviews, and got one offer in a neighboring state, while a local and prestigious
hospital/university was expediting my hiring process for a clinical research posi-
tion. At that point Ireceived an invitation for an interview at a local community col-
lege. Iwent, thinking it wise not to leave any stone unturned, while also reasoning
that, at the very least, it would be good interviewing experience. After my interview,
Iwas sold on the idea of working for City Colleges of Chicago. Iaccepted their offer
and have been there eversince.
What is really interesting (and not entirely uncommon) is that Idid not hear
back from a couple universities where I thought I was a strong candidate. I also
thought it a bit odd in that my clinical-community experiences did not seem like
the best fit for working at a community college, where teaching is the emphasis.
However, during the interview process I discovered that community psychology
values such as advocacy, collaboration, embracing human diversity, and social jus-
tice were an incredibly good fit for a community college setting; and that my com-
munity training had prepared me well for this position. The following is an overview
of my impressions of community colleges students, and how Ipractice community
psychology values in this setting.
can add to our growing school of thought, while we can prevent them from falling
prey to narrow and non-ecological perspectives in psychology.
As a psychology professor, Ive found community college students are gener-
ally more impressionable than upper-level undergraduate and graduate students.
They are prime candidates for embracing community psychology concepts and val-
ues, and for developing critical thinking skills within an ecological frame. Ibelieve
this has considerable implications in terms of engendering their foundation of
psychology as a discipline. What better place for a community psychologist than
a community college for fostering a conscientious and critical imprint of the field
of psychology? Ive found a number of strategies effective in not only promoting
healthy skepticism in the field, but also stirring students passion for social justice
and embracing issues of human diversity.
something that Ido not encounter on a day-to-day basis. Iam privileged in this
sense and make this known. Ifind that providing such candor in my classes com-
plements discussion of Alderfers (1994) position that US psychologists typically
fail to critically examine unconscious forms of prejudice in terms of race rela-
tions. When Iposit that my whiteness basically exempts me from most common
forms of racial discrimination, Iask students to comment on my (and some of my
predecessors) ability to critically examine the relevance of race to psychology.
Likewise, if researchers are unaware of their position and worldviews in relation
to being members of a racially dominant group in US society, then Ichallenge stu-
dents to discuss how we could possibly begin to understand the depths of racism;
and if weve traditionally viewed race as a nominal variable, Iask students why
would we be inclined to consider it as anything elsefor example, as a matter of
identity? Such dialogue serves as a catalyst for discussing other issues of human
diversity.
I find that my frankness gives me some credibility in addition to serving as a
model for students disclosures of their own experiences. As students provide some
of their experiences, they help to flesh out concepts, and in doing so, they establish
a voice to inform others while developing a sense of ownership in the class. Overall,
Icannot lecture on concepts related to human diversity without (1)giving some
explanation as to how they pertain to me, and (2)providing opportunities for stu-
dents to contribute to the discussions lest Icome across in a condescending manner
and lose students interest and respect.
In addition to bridging personal experiences to instructional content, Ifind that
it helps to sequence course topics in a way that reinforces learning and encourages a
synthesis of related topics for a bigger picture understanding. For instance, Idiscuss
diversity issues and cultural considerations in my introductory courses immediately
following lectures on scientific methodsthe initial topic of the course that some
of my students find utterly boring. By introducing issues of human diversity after
discussing scientific methods, students increase their interest in, and are better able
to grasp, the limitations of the use of scientific methods that are traditionally used in
psychology, in addition to seeing how the field is rooted among the worldviews of a
narrow class of straight-white-male US researchers.
I borrow quite a bit from Human Diversity: Perspectives on People in Context
(Trickett, Watts, & Birman, 1994), in addition to recent studies and material
from articles that Iwas assigned in my graduate studies, as well as from my con-
sultative experiences. For the most part, Ipresent issues of human diversity (e.g.,
race, unconscious processes, worldviews, paradigms of diversity, culture, ethnicity,
acculturation, assimilation, gender, heterosexism, privilege, religious intolerance,
Western vs. non-Western approaches to conceptualization) in my introductory
classes and follow-up with small group discussion questions to enable students
to process and share experiences with material. The use of such peer dialogue in
the classroom has been demonstrated as being beneficial in terms of promoting
Mentorship
Its my sense that folks enter the profession of community psychology with a con-
viction for being of service to others, which Ibelieve is the primary root of mentor-
ship. Iam indebted to my mentor for all of his support, which has served me well in
my career, and perhaps more importantly, for exemplifying how Ican help others.
Ihave found the best way to approach mentorship with others is to reflect on ones
experiences in receiving help, and endeavor to give back what was given in order to
keep it alive for others... and oneself.
Although Ido not think there is one clear-cut way of mentoring, Ido believe
mentorship requires a fine balance between maintaining ones professional role,
and being personal in terms of showing genuine concern for students well-being
as they navigate the academe. The professional side involves things such as pro-
viding students with various resources to inform and facilitate their development,
including campus clubs/student organizations, local conferences/events, helping
them network with local researchers and community based organizations, and pro-
viding academic advising through the graduate level, to name a few. Maintaining
that professional/personal boundary for me means being friendly instead of being
a friend:friends are mostly interested in discussing personal matters whereas my
interest in discussing students personal matters is mostly related to their academic/
professional development.
I believe that mentorship with community college students should focus on
bolstering their academic confidence and conveying our belief in their abilities to
succeed in academia. Upper-level and graduate university students do not seem to
need as much encouragement/reassurance. Community college students in par-
ticular seem like the last ones to own their academic potential or to envision their
long-term educational development. Students Imentor are initially shocked (but
quickly relieved) when they realize that graduate school preparation takes place at
this time of their educational development. They truly benefit in knowing that a
graduate degree is not an unrealistic goal. Conveying our beliefs in their ability to
go forward and succeed in graduate school just might be the key for some. In short,
mentoring community college students means to empower them beyond the provi-
sion of external resources.
For instance, Ifind it helpful to point out to students that if they can raise a child/
family, maintain employment, function in multiple cultures (e.g., ones own culture,
US culture, the culture of the academe), and do well in their classes, then they cer-
tainly have it in them to succeed in higher education. It is my sense that community
college students do not easily recognize their strengths because they are biased in
terms of seeing themselves behind the pack of traditional, college-prepped students.
However, many are amazed when such strengths (e.g., wisdom, respect, loyalty,
high work-ethic, street-smarts, getting along with others, persistence, courage) are
validated by their professor; giving them a sense that they too have some things they
bring into the mentoring relationship that promotes a sense of connectedness that
extends beyond this relationship.
Encouraging students by building upon their confidence to advance in aca-
demia and honoring their strengths during office hours might require greater
patience than one might have with university students. Nonetheless, Ifind that
investing in community college students in these capacities creates very mean-
ingful exchanges that draw them into a greater consciousness related to service,
the coalition-building that began early on in very small but meaningful ways, and
our departments success set the way for other departments to follow. Imight men-
tion that the process of obtaining articulation agreements led to very fruitful rela-
tionships with a couple of local universities that took a great interest in receiving
our graduates by making various allowances for them as transfer students in terms
of financial aid and receiving a large number of their credits. In fact, our psychol-
ogy club held routine workshops comprised of these university advisors who were
instrumental in ensuring our students ongoing success when they graduated, rein-
forcing the importance of networking early in a students professional development.
Networking was something that my mentor and I frequently discussed when
Iwas a student, and its a valuable skill that Istrive to maintain. City Colleges of
Chicago (CCC) faculty meet annually during Faculty Development week, and
Itake advantage of this opportunity to network with peers from other CCC cam-
puses. During a lunch some years ago, a number of psychology faculty agreed to
meet on a monthly basis to discuss issues related to teaching psychology. This led
to the creation of an inter-campus psychology committee (IPC) that developed
annual psychology conferences open to all students.
The annual IPC conferences were a valuable resource for community college
students majoring in psychology. Although community college students rarely get
exposure to professional conferences, annual IPC conferences created opportuni-
ties for them to present psychology conference posters and participate in work-
shops. Providing professional exposure and networking opportunities early in their
educational development is likely to give community college students an advantage
in transferring and doing well at the universitylevel.
Community training prepared me to network with others, particularly across
various levels (e.g., students, community members and CBOs, college administra-
tors, and fellow faculty). Some probably do not consider the need for networking
with (for-profit) educational resource organizations that can indirectly affect com-
munity college students, however, I found it to be quite valuablefor example,
regarding the issue of student textbooks and other materials.
The average income of a CCC student is at the poverty-level, so book costs are
a serious consideration for our students. Itook the time to develop a relationship
with a textbook representative in search of a high-quality, low-cost textbook. Ifound
a rep who understood our students financial realities, and she was instrumental in
helping me obtain a quality text at a relatively low-cost. Of course, she saw the big-
ger picture in that Iwould assign this text for all introductory courses, something
that was within my authority as department chair. Imade sure that my fellow psy-
chology colleagues were on board and in agreement throughout the selection proc-
ess for this text when Iwas chair of my department at Daley College.
After getting input from others, Iaddressed the issue of book costs by directing
my students to purchase their texts online as an alternative to the recommended (no
longer required) texts listed in my syllabi; encouraging them to find any text in
buy-in for some rather expensive technology before starting the process of course
approval.
I discussed this issue with my college vice president before initiating the course
approval process to find out whether our college could afford the computer soft-
ware for this new research course. In retrospect, Ibelieve having established a good
relationship with him and other administrators, including our president, didnt hurt
my cause. Let me share a little anecdote:
One day Iwas walking into the administrative offices when Iran into a few col-
leagues and administrator who said, Lets ask John. Ask me what? I inquired.
Someone said, Beatles or Rolling Stones? In my humble opinion, the answer to
this age-old question (i.e., which of the two is the better band?) is clearly, The
Beatles. Within a minute, the conversation made its way to the presidents office,
and Iwas propositioned to debate this issue with a senior humanities professor (an
ardent Stones fan) in the second Presidents Debate Series. Iwas flabbergasted. My
mind was remembering the first Presidents Debate on the influence of Islam in
African nations, debated by two faculty members who migrated from Egypt and
Eritrea. Certainly there were more pressing issues (health care, the war on drugs,
religious intolerance, violence, etc.) to discuss in a college-wide, public forum. In
short, the event was a success and turned out to be a brilliant demonstration of
debate from both a humanities and social science perspective that our students
might emulatemore substantial than the content per se. But the point here is that
my involvement in this debate just might have been an indirect way of showing my
administrators that Iam a resourceful team player who can follow through on tasks
with very positive results.
Of course, providing a written rationale, course overview and syllabus, present-
ing documented buy-in from my department and district-wide psychology faculty,
and a having a list of student signatures made a compelling case to my vice president
when Iproposed this research course to him. In addition, the greatly reduced cost
for the SPSS software license was a huge plus, and helping students develop market-
able skills such as data collection, organization, and analysis was within the purview
of our Reinvention aim. Ialso had the opportunity to discuss this proposed course
with our college president, who was enthusiastic about a research course and she
assured me that the cost for the software would not be an issue. In all, covering the
needs of various levels is essential whenever seeking buy-in to proposed changes
within a system. The PSYCH 240 course is a regular course offered each semester,
and Iam hopeful that Ihave successfully set the stage for a new course offering in
the future:Community Psychology.
I have found a few challenges in working in a community college setting as one
with a doctorate in clinical-community psychology. For example, most faculty
members at my campus do not embrace research. Although some colleagues and
administrators have an appreciation for my ongoing research involvement with
community-based approaches to treating substance use disorders, its my sense
References
Alderfer, C. P. (1994). A white mans perspective on the unconscious processes within black-white
relations in the United States. In E.J. Trickett, R.J. Watts, & D. Birman (Eds.), Human diver-
sity:Perspectives on people in context (pp. 201209). San Francisco, CA:Jossey-Bass.
Chen, X. (2005). First-generation students in postsecondary education: A look at their college tran-
scripts (NCES 2005-1). Washington, DC:US Department of Education, National Center for
Educational Statistics.
Hahs-Vaughn, D. (2004). The impact of parents educational level on college students:An analy-
sis using the beginning post-secondary students longitudinal study, 199092/94. Journal of
College Student Development, 45, 483498.
Inman, W. E., & Mayes, L. (1999). The importance of being first: Unique characteristics of first
generation community college students. Community College Review, 26,317.
Jason, L. A. (1991). Participating in social change: A fundamental value for our discipline. The
American Journal of Community Psychology, 19,116.
Jason, L. A. (1997). Community building:Values toward a sustainable future (pp. 724). Westport,
CT:Praeger.
Lippincott, J. A., & German, N. (2007). From blue collar to ivory tower: Counseling first-
generation, working-class students. In J.A. Lippincott, & R.B. Lippincott (Eds.), Special popu-
lations in college counseling:Ahandbook for mental health professionals (pp. 8998). Alexandria,
VA:American Counseling Association.
Lohfink, M. M., & Paulsen, M. B. (2005). Comparing the determinants of persistence for first gener-
ation and continuing education students. Journal of College Student Development, 46, 409428.
Majer, J. M. (2009). Self-efficacy and academic success among ethnically diverse first genera-
tion community college students. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 29, 243250.
doi:10.1037/a0017852
Pascarella, E. T., Wolniak, G.C., Pierson, C.T., & Terenzini, P.T. (2003). Experiences and outcomes
of first-generation students in community colleges. Journal of College Student Development, 44,
420429.
Phinney, J., Dennis, J., & Osorio, S. (2006). Reasons to attend college among ethnically diverse col-
lege students. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 12, 347366.
Shields, N. (2002). Anticipatory socialization, adjustment to university life, and perceived
stress:Generational and sibling effects. Social Psychology and Education, 5, 365392.
Terenzini, P. T., Springer, L., Yaeger, P.M., Pascarella, E.T., & Nora, A. (1996). First generation
college students:Characteristics, experiences, and cognitive development. Research in Higher
Education, 37,122.
Trickett, E. J., Watts, R. J., & Birman, D. (Eds.). (1994). Human diversity:Perspectives on people in
context. San Francisco, CA:Jossey-Bass.
Yeung, J. G., Spanierman, L. B., & Landrum-Brown, J. (2013). Being white in a multicultural soci-
ety:Critical whiteness pedagogy in a dialogue course. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education,
6,1732.
17
205
(Bishop & Martin, 2007; Savikko, Routasalo, Tilvis, Strandberg, & Pitkala,
2005). Moreover, a cross-sectional study of a large random sample of adults
aged 40 to 85years old found that higher levels of education are significantly and
positively correlated with aspects of positive affect, such as hope, while lower
levels of education were found to be correlated with physical decline and lone-
liness (Steverink, Westerhof, Bode, & Dittmann-Kohl, 2001). Without a post-
secondary education degree, young adults can be less prepared to compete for
high quality jobs. Less educated adults decrease their chances for social mobil-
ity and increase their chances of confronting negative life challenges, including
lack of access to health care, adequate nutrition, and sanitary living environments
(Gallo & Matthews, 2003). Asuccessful transition to and through college is an
important step toward increasing quality of life. However, recent studies from
the National Center for Education Statistics (2013) reported that approximately
24% of students at four-year institutions left school after the first year, raising
concern about the effect of this on their future well-being. In particular, research
shows an incrising gap in college completion between racial minorities and white
Americans (Gamoran,2014).
Contextual challenges can present obstacles to persistence in higher education,
particularly for those from underrepresented groups. The roots of some of these
problems are complex. An oppression framework (Prilleltensky, 2003), valued and
used by community psychologists, is useful in understanding the contextual expe-
riences of students from minority backgrounds transitioning through college. For
example, in the US educational system, students from ethnic minority and lower
educational level backgrounds encounter a significant number of contextual barri-
ers, including racism (Conchas, 2001; Saunders & Serna, 2004; Tierney, 1999; Zea,
Reisin, Beil, & Caplan, 1997), which in turn could impair the development of appro-
priate support systems and a healthy transition through college. Ethnic minority
college students report more negative racial interactions (Reid & Radhakrishnan,
2003), leading students to feel excluded and intimidated during their college expe-
rience, which can negatively impact academic outcomes (Alfaro, Umaa-Taylor,
Gonzales-Backen, Bmaca, & Zeiders, 2009; Mroczkowski & Snchez, 2015;
Umaa-Taylor, Wong, Gonzales, & Dumka,2012).
Given the college context for underrepresented groups, community psychology
theories, research, and practices are of great value to higher education because they
offer a range of possible approaches to identify, understand, and change barriers
affecting students academic and social progress. Community psychologists work-
ing in staff positions can assist in the development of programing aimed to prevent
college attrition and assist students from disadvantaged backgrounds. Therefore,
there is a clear niche for community psychologists in higher education. In the fol-
lowing section, we describe our work as community psychologists on staff at DePaul
University.
and tutor students. Our roles provide us with the opportunity to utilize research
skills and explore personal interests in the development, coordination, and supervi-
sion of research experiences, often conducted internationally. Because the McNair
Scholars Program is federally funded, program evaluation is particularly important,
such that evidence-based practices both strengthen program outcomes and increase
the likelihood that the program will be refunded.
We draw from several aspects of community psychology training in our roles.
With regard to theory, the McNair Scholars Program subscribes to an empower-
ment approach in designing the overall setting, aiming to increase participants
feelings of control over issues of importancein this case, enrolling in graduate
school (Zimmerman, 2000). We employ Matons (2008) framework of character-
istics of empowering settings, which aligns nicely with the needs of students from
underrepresented groups. Specifically, program activities emphasize a strengths-
based approach toward clear goals. Program activities are designed to be engag-
ing with an emphasis on active learning, feedback, and reflection at the individual
and group levels. Aprimary component of the setting is a support system, includ-
ing quality relationships with peers and mentors, and a sense of community, thus
providing students with the social capital they may otherwise lack. Students have
both autonomy and resources, and are encouraged to be proactive in reaching
their academic goals. By designing programing to include these characteristics, we
have the ability to simultaneously contribute to individual development, commu-
nity betterment, and positive social change (Maton, 2008, p.5). Together, these
approaches support successful learning processes and prepare students for gradu-
ate education.
As staff working within higher education, we also find time to practice research
to improve our institutions educational practices. To that end, we conduct research
that has theoretical, practical, and policy implications. For example, between 2012
and 2016, we have conducted research in three complementary areas:(1)the effects
of supportive relationships on academic development and outcomes (Berardi &
Sanchez, under review); (2) empowerment experiences of students from under-
represented racial/ethnic backgrounds in relation to academic success (Back &
Keys, under review); and (3)program practices aimed at improving students per-
formance, educational access, and outcomes (Back, Zurn, Berardi, & Spittle, 2015).
Our goal is to use findings of our research and program evaluation to change how
higher education administrators think about the role of academic environments
and programming for students from minority backgrounds.
(Continued)
Table17.1Continued
# Competencies Experiences in Higher Education
14 Community Organizing and Lobbying legislators to support funding
Community Advocacy for higher education programming (e.g.
working with the Council for Opportunity in
Education).
15 Policy Analysis and Development N/A
16 Community Education, Information Presenting research findings and program
Dissemination, and Building Public evaluation results to university management,
Awareness as well as in local, regional, national and
international conferences forums.
17 Community Research Participatory Community Research Collaborating with other university units
to conduct research aimed to improve staff
cultural competencies and help the university
to understand organizational issues related to
school diversity.
18 Program Evaluation Conducting data collection for annual
reporting of all services we provide to
students.
Adapted from Dalton & Wolfe (2012). Education Connection and The Community Practitioner. The Community Psychologist, 45(4),713.
References
Alfaro, E.C., Umaa-Taylor, A.J., Gonzales-Backen, M.A., Bmaca, M.Y., & Zeiders, K.H. (2009).
Latino adolescents academic success:The role of discrimination, academic motivation, and
gender. Journal of adolescence, 32(4), 941962.
Back, L., & Keys, C. (2016). Empowerment of underrepresented racial/ethnic minority college stu-
dents in the United States. Manuscript underreview
Back, L., Zurn, P*., & Berardi, L., (2014). International thinking and DePauls McNair Scholars pro-
gram. In P. Jones, J. Storan, A. Hudson, & J. Braham (Eds.), Which way now to widen participa-
tion:Lifelong learning, economy, and society. FACE conference. University of East London,UK.
Back, L., Zurn, P*., Berardi, L., & Spittle, B. (2015). DePaul Universitys McNair Scholars
Program:Amodel for widening participation in postgraduate education. In P. Jones, J. Storan,
A. Hudson, & J. Braham (Eds.), Collaborate to widen participation:To, through, and beyond
higher education. FACE conference. University of East London,UK.
Back, L., Williams, S., L*., & Berardi, L. (2015). Study Abroad for Underrepresented Groups:DePauls
England Summer Research and Service Experience. The Community Psychologist, Summer,
Vol. 48No2.
Berardi, L., & Sanchez, B. (2016). Attachment to parents and coping as predictors of natural men-
toring relationships and students transition to college. Manuscript under review.
Baum, S., Ma, J., & Payea, K. (2013). Education pays 2013. The CollegeBoard.
Berardi, L., Balcazar, F., Lacolla, F., Fernandez, V.*, Gonzalez, D.*, & Camacho, R.* (2014).
International community research project and action:Examining white privilege and discrimi-
nation, and the use of novel intervention strategies to create community awareness about dis-
criminatory behaviors in Argentina. The Community Psychologist, 47(2),1618.
Berardi, L., & Kuperminc, G. (2011). Study abroad programs:An opportunity to learn about other
cultures and develop international collaborations in community psychology. The Community
Psychologist, 44,3335.
Bishop, A. J., & Martin, P. (2007). The indirect influence of educational attainment on loneliness
among unmarried older adults. Educational Gerontology, 33(10), 897917.
Conchas, G. (2001). Structuring failure and success:Understanding the variability in Latino school
engagement. Harvard Educational Review, 71(3), 475505.
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (2012). Joint column:Education connection and the community practitio-
ner. The Community Psychologist, Winter, 45(4),713.
Gallo, L. C., & Matthews, K.A. (2003). Understanding the association between socioeconomic sta-
tus and physical health:Do negative emotions play a role? Psychological Bulletin, 129(1),1051.
Gamoran (2014). The Future of Educational Inequality in the United States. William T. Grant
Foundation Annual Report. Retrieved from:http://wtgrantfoundation.org/library/uploads/
2015/11/The-Future-of-Educational-Inequality-Adam-Gamoran.pdf
Hoffman, M., Snyder, T. D., and Sonnenberg, B. (1996). Historically black colleges and uni-
versities: 19761994. (NCES Publication no. 96 902). Washington, DC: Government
PrintingOfce.
Maton, K. I. (2008). Empowering community settings:Agents of individual development, com-
munity betterment, and positive social change. American Journal of Community Psychology,
41(12),421.
Mroczkowski, A. L., & Snchez, B. (2015). The role of racial discrimination in economic value of
education among urban, low-income Latina/o youth:Ethnic identity and gender as modera-
tors. American Journal of Community Psychology, 56(12),111.
National Center for Education Statistics. (2013). Educational Attainment. Retrieved from:<http://
nces.ed.gov/programs/coe/indicator_tba.asp>.
Prilleltensky, I. (2003). Understanding, resisting, and overcoming oppression:Toward psychopo-
litical validity. American Journal of Community Psychology, 31(12), 195201.
Proctor, B., & Dalakar, J. (2003). Poverty in the United States: 2003. Washington, DC: US
Government Printing Office.
U.S. Census Bureau, Statistical Abstract of United States (2012). Section 13. Income, Expenditure,
Poverty, and Wealth. Retrieved from: http://www.census.gov/library/publications/2011/
compendia/statab/131ed/income-expenditures-poverty-wealth.html
Reid, L. D., & Radhakrishnan, P. (2003). Race matters:The relation between race and general cam-
pus climate. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 9(3),263.
Saunders, M., & Serna, I. (2004). Making college happen:The college experiences of first-generation
Latino students. Journal of Hispanic Higher Education, 3(2), 146163.
Savikko, N., Routasalo, P., Tilvis, R.S., Strandberg, T.E., & Pitkala, K.H. (2005). Predictors and
subjective causes of loneliness in an aged population. Archives of Gerontology and Geriatrics,
41(3), 223233.
Steverink, N., Westerhof, G.J., Bode, C., & Dittmann-Kohli, F. (2001). The personal experience
of aging, individual resources, and subjective well-being. Journals of Gerontology, Series B,
Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences, 56(6), P364P373.
Tierney, W. G. (1999). Models of minority college-going and retention:Cultural integrity versus
cultural suicide. Journal of Negro Education, 68(1),8091.
Umaa-Taylor, A.J., Wong, J.J., Gonzales, N.A., & Dumka, L.E. (2012). Ethnic identity and gen-
der as moderators of the association between discrimination and academic adjustment among
Mexican-origin adolescents. Journal of Adolescence, 35(4), 773786.
Zea, M.C., Reisen, C.A., Beil, C., & Caplan, R.D. (1997). Predicting intention to remain in college
among ethnic minority and nonminority students. The Journal of Social Psychology, 137(2),
149160.
Zimmerman, M.A. (2000). Empowerment theory:Psychological, organizational, and community
levels of analysis. In J. Rappaport & E. Seidman (Eds.), Handbook of community psychology (pp.
4363). NewYork:PlenumPress.
18
216
P repar ing and A p ply ing for a Teaching -Focus ed Facult y Pos i ti on 217
should be. This chapter, based on my recent journey, will provide you with an idea
of what to pack and what routes to consider. While some educational institutions
will have requirements specific to that particular institution, most require a similar
set of basic materials. Lets start with the curriculumvitae.
CurriculumVitae
In contrast to a resume, a curriculum vitae (CV) should contain a moderately
detailed overview of what you have accomplished during your academic and pro-
fessional career (The Writing Center, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill,
2013). All the institutions where I sought a faculty position required a CV and
Iexplored positions at numerous colleges and universities in Chicago (University
of Chicago, DePaul University, North Park University) and nationally (Grambling
University in Louisiana, Antioch University in Ohio, University of Maryland,
Baltimore, and many more). ACV should be considered a living document, which
is continually updated with your most recent relevant experiences and accomplish-
ments. Ican hear you saying What? Yes, you need publications in peer-reviewed
journals regardless of the type of institution you are applying to. Agood number
of CV pages for a newbie is two-to-four pages, but a more seasoned professor and
researcher may have 10 to 11 pages or more. Your CV should be developed in
reverse chronological order, where the most recent events are presentedfirst.
A typical CV will include the following information (University of Chapel
Hill,2013).
Name and Contact Information: Contact information for your current institution
or place of employment may work best, unless you do not want your colleagues
to know that you are job-hunting.
Areas of Interest: Alisting of academic and other interests.
Education: Alist of degrees earned or in progress, institutions, and years of grad-
uation. Include the titles of your dissertation or thesishere.
Grants, Honors and Awards: A list of grants received, honors bestowed, and
awards you may have received for teaching or service.
Publications and Presentations: Alist of published articles and books, as well as
presentations given at conferences. If there are many of both, consider having
one section for publications and another for presentations.
Employment and Experience: Separate lists of teaching, laboratory, and/or field
experiences; and volunteer work, leadership, and other relevant experiences.
Scholarly or Professional Memberships: Alisting of the professional organizations
of which you are a member. If you have held an office or a position in a particular
organization, say so here or leave this information for the experience section.
References: Alist of persons who will write letters of recommendations; include
their contact information.
My CV contained all of the items listed above, starting with my education on the
first page. Isimply followed the format of one of my professors at National Louis,
even though, of course, he had way.. . Imean way more... publications. But, the
format was standard and well... hes a full-time tenure track professor. Dont feel
you need to match someone like that. And dont go trying to reinvent the wheel at
this stage of the process. There is plenty of room for showing off your originality
once you land the interview. Remember, higher education folks pretty much stick
to the script. Okay, so once you get a CV together, dont forget to have veteran pro-
fessors take a look-see at it. With this critical document in hand, we can move on
to the cover letter that is standard and a must-have too. Make sure the cover letter
is on point, free of grammatical errors, and a good summary of who you are and
what you can do. After all, search committees are busy, and the cover letter may be
all they read before deciding if you can stop searching or get back in your car and
hit theroad.
Cover Letters
So, youve gotten your CV together and you are done lamenting that you cant use
your resume to covet a prestigious faculty position. Seasoned professors have given
your CV the once-over, pronounced it usable and user-friendly, and now its time
for your cover letter. The cover letter is written, of course, when you find a prospec-
tive faculty position that you are interested in and, as close as possible, qualify for.
In other words, if you have a PhD in community psychology, applying for a full pro-
fessor position in neuroscience might be a bit of a stretch. However, Iwill discuss
later how some degrees, such as community psychology, can apply to a number of
different disciplines, simply based on their interdisciplinary nature.
As in any cover letter, this is your opportunity to make a good first impression.
You want the document to be one-to one-and-a half pages in length, and make sure
you know how to write a five-paragraph essay (introduction, three-paragraph body,
and conclusion). The Office of Intramural Training and Education of the National
Institutes for Health (2013) explains that the cover letter should indicate your teach-
ing and research experience, if applicable, as well as something about your intellect
and writing ability. The letter should add on to and build off of the information on
your CV. The letter should also give the search committee a clear sense of your voice,
intellectual capacity, and last but not least, demonstrate a passion for your teaching.
If the institution is requiring teaching and research, your research agenda should be
established in the letter as well. To this end, if you are required to do research, you
likely, if asked, need a research statement in addition to your teaching statement.
I do not cover the research agenda in this chapter, as that was not my first priority in
a faculty position. But, there are other website resources, such as Cornell University
(2014; http://www.cornell.edu), Academic Coaching and Writing (2014; http://
www.academiccoachingandwriting.org), and The Professor Is In (2014; http://
P repar ing and A p ply ing for a Teaching -Focus ed Facult y Pos i ti on 219
www.theprofessorisin.com) that have examples and can help you with that part of
your package. The bottom line is that the cover letter needs to present who you are
and convince the reader that you are a good fit for both the particular position and
the institution more broadly. The more you can show that you understand and value
the cultural context you are hoping to enter, the more the search committee will be
able to see you in the position. Therefore, commenting on the unique aspects of the
institutions mission, faculty, or student body might make sense.
The cover letter is just that, your coverwhat the search committee sees first.
Therefore, pass the letter on for feedback from your trusty references, or others who
can provide honest feedback and input. If you are reviewing someones letter, its not
a time to benice.
Rather than me going into detail about what the components of the letter should
look like, Isuggest that you visit the National Institute of Healths (2013) website
(https://w ww.training.nih.gov/assets/Writing_letters_for_faculty_jobs.pdf ).
This source shares how the letter should be constructed and provides a sample let-
ter. Idid model mine after a sample on the this website. Be sure you to customize,
dont plagiarizewhoever wrote the sample letter will probably be on the search
committee and youll be finished before your career starts.
In summary, your cover letter is the first and maybe only chance to make that
initial impression. Thus, its pretty darn important.
Teaching Statements
How do you know what teaching style the search committee is looking for? You
dont. You have to take a chance and be yourself. After all, if you pretend to be some-
one else, you will have to continue to follow the teaching style that fits neither you
nor your potentially new department. Dont pretzel yourself into gaining a teaching
position. Apoor fit does not speak to a good quality-of-life or tenure.
Thus, your first question might be, what is a teaching statement and how do Ibegin
to write one? Good questions, so here is what I learned: Princeton Universitys
MGraw Center for Teaching and Learning (2013) makes that prettyclear.
This statement should be in the form of a narrative and should cover aspects of
the intellectual and creative skills and the cognitive learning you aim to help your
students achieve in the field. You want to include how you will interact with your
students. For example, Ihave been trained as a facilitator rather than a lecturer so
Ithrive, and believe that my students thrive, in a more interactive classroom; where
students can use their professional experiences and those of their classmates to help
them learn. The facilitative or student-learning style is particularly helpful when the
students are adult learners. You also might want to include how you will organize
class time; how you would handle unruly students; what sources would be used
to gather feedback to know if your students have grasped the concepts set before
them; and other relevant information. This document has to be concise and cover
the necessary information in one-to-two pages. It is unlikely that members of a hir-
ing committee will fully read a longer essay. As with all other materials discussed
in this chapter, Id recommend asking a seasoned professor who has served on a
hiring committee to review your statement. There are also many sources including
sample teaching statements and philosophies available online. Constructing this
document will take some time, especially if you have little teaching experience. As
you consider different styles of teaching and choose one(s) that seems to fit who
you are, you may want to consider having more than one stylestudents are really
diverse in many different ways. If you plan to teach the adult learner, you need
plenty of methods in your arsenal because they are not traditional by any sense.
Adult learners, for example, may be more sophisticated, and may, naturally, have
much more life experience than traditional students. Therefore, they benefit greatly
from using real-life experiences in the classroom (Doherty, 2012). Another example
from Andrea Leppert, an adjunct instructor at Rasmussen College in Aurora and
Naperville, IL (a suburb outside of Chicago) is on point:Move fast and dont waste
anyones time. Adult students have jobs, sometimes children and tons of responsi-
bilities, so pack every class with information and useful activities (Leppert, 2012, as
cited in Doherty,2012).
Also, as a student, even if you dont have a lot of teaching experience, you know
which professors you really liked regarding their style of teaching. Think through
your own learning experiences, and do some research on contemporary pedagogy
and andragogy. Here are several websites that might be of help in creating your very
own teaching statement:
Remember that writing and refining this document takes time. It is part of the
package you need to get on the road and it matters when it gets into the hands of
The Firm... oh, Imean the search committee. Now, another part of the package is
the much needed set of recommendation letters. We will discuss these documents
in the next section.
P repar ing and A p ply ing for a Teaching -Focus ed Facult y Pos i ti on 221
actually enjoy writing strong letters for former students as they are interested
in the success of students they have advised/supervised. Faculty really do want
their students to meet their own goals, providing a sense of accomplishment to
the letter writers. If you think about it, why would faculty spend hours editing
our writing and thinking through research designs if they didnt think some of
their students would make a strong future candidate for a job (whether that be
academic or practice oriented)?
In discussions or websites regarding letters of recommendation, there is infor-
mation on how to write a recommendation letter. Idid not share with those Iasked
to write recommendation letters what I thought the letters should say because
Ifigured they knew. However, some bloggers and SMEs (subject matter experts)
writing about how to get a faculty job suggest that the writer should seek advice
on how to write a good recommendation letter, or at least talk with the candi-
dates about their aspirations, why they are interested in the specific position, and
review the candidates CV and statements to be reminded of their experience
and work beyond what they have seen first-hand. Ithought all the letters Igar-
nered were excellent and discussed my work as a student, researcher, community
practitioner, and teacher. Thus, it seemed all the bases were covered. Matt Welsh
(2012a), a software engineer at Google and a prior professor of computer sci-
ence at Harvard, who also sat on a hiring committee at Harvard, had this to say
in hisblog:
Your recommendation letters are key. I could write an entire blog post
about what a good faculty recommendation letter should say, but you as
a job applicant have little control over what your letters will look like. The
letters touch on many things:your technical and intellectual capacity, your
research taste, your teaching style, your personality, your chances at get-
ting tenure down the road. As an applicant, what you can do is make sure
you talk to your letter writers before they write the letter. This is for several
reasons . . . your reference needs to understand what youre looking for
in a faculty job. What kind of job are you after? Do you want to mostly
teach?... You need to give your references a chance to ask these ques-
tions directly rather than infer the wrong thing and write a blind letter...
(para.17)
He has much more to say, so I recommend that you look his blog up (http://
matt-welsh.blogspot.com/2012/12/how-to-get-faculty-job-part-1b-how-to.html).
In any case, gather two-to-four recommendation letters (most institutions want
at least three), make sure they say something wonderful about you (relevant to an
academic position), and put them in your suitcase. You will need to upload them
with online applications or the educational facility itself will get the letters directly
from your references after you provide their contact information.
P repar ing and A p ply ing for a Teaching -Focus ed Facult y Pos i ti on 223
Its a complex process and utterly opaque for the poor applicant, who will
usually not hear anything for many months after submitting the applica-
tion. Most of the time, the response is a polite email from the hiring com-
mittee chair that because of the large number of highly qualified applicants
for the position, they are very sorry that they will be unable to interview
you. That is, if they ever contact you at all. Most schools dont bother even
declining your application explicitly. You just never hear anything. (As for
me, Im still holding out hope that Stanford wants to interview me. Its only
been 10years since Isent my application. Iguess its still under considera-
tion! (Welsh, 2012b, para.3).
Oh my, and Ithought six months was long. Well, at least youre on the roadnow.
P repar ing and A p ply ing for a Teaching -Focus ed Facult y Pos i ti on 225
The interview was set up and Iflew to Dayton, which is right outside of Yellow
Springs. One of the professors on the search committee promptly picked me up
from the airport and off we went to Yellow Springs. I wont go into much detail
here about Yellow Springs, except to say when searching for a full-time faculty pos-
ition you might end up somewhere you never imagined you would. Ispent a day in
interviews with a myriad of faculty and staff at Antioch, which is par for the course.
It was a good learning experience because interviews should be about the candidate
seeing if they like the university and vice-versa; the search committee has to like the
candidate. There are a number of factors that go into the selection process and one
is deciding if there is a reasonable chance that you will fit in with the other faculty.
This is important.
The job talk or presentation is another significant factor impacting whether you
get an offer. By the way, Ididnt get an offer with Antioch but Iasked the search
committee contact person what Icould do to strengthen my CV or presentation
thanks to this suggestion from my dissertation chair. And the contact person did
make suggestions for strengthening my talk. Matt Welsh (2012b), my favorite blog-
ger on the topic, sharedthis:
The job talk:This is by far the most important part of the interview. If you
give a bad talk there is no chance you will recover and end up with an offer,
whereas a few botched one-on-one interviews might not sink you. The
job talk serves the dual purpose of presenting your research contributions
to the department, as well as showcasing your teaching ability. The talk
needs to be extremely well-rehearsed, technically solid, clear, entertaining,
engaging, and instructive. It is a tall order. If you cant do this well, then
you probably dont want to be a professor, since giving talks and lectures is
a huge part of the job. (para.11)
I did practice considerably with colleagues and the talk went pretty well. After
talking to the contact person at Antioch though, Idid see where Icould have been
stronger, particularly making sure Iappealed to academics that do have a language
of their own. Even at the dinner, which is part of the on-campus day (or two) of
interviewing, professors are discussing existing theories or coming up with new
ones. But there is good in everything, and in this case, practice makes perfect.
After this interview, Iwent on to do other interviews (in community positions)
where Ineeded to present. Iincorporated the feedback and Idid well in those
presentations. So dont be discouraged if you flub the first job talk and remember
there are people who do want to help. For more details on elements of the cam-
pus interview see what Matt Welsh (2012b) says in his blog (http://matt-welsh.
blogspot.com/2012/12/how-to-get-faculty-job-part-2-interview.html). Dont
forget when you get back home, worn out from all that academic talk, send a
thank younote!
P repar ing and A p ply ing for a Teaching -Focus ed Facult y Pos i ti on 227
Danger, CurvesAhead!
I think its prudent to start this section with a bit about the climate and overview of
the state of the higher education industry. As in any venture one takes, with an eye
on a particular destination, one should research first. Lets take a look at what the
publicly available data say about higher education, and in particular, consider how
to make sense of the data for those with a degree in community psychology or a
relatedfield.
Jobs Outlook
The Bureau of Labor Statistics (US Department of Labor, 2014) reported that
employment of postsecondary teachers is expected to grow by 13% from 2014 to
2024. This percentage is as fast as the average for all other occupations and paral-
leled with expected enrollment numbers, which continues to rise as well. But the
Bureau also reported that the best job prospects were projected for those with PhDs
who are willing to work as adjuncts or on short-term contracts. Iconcur. Italked
with a number of deans and administrators in various departments in a number
of universities and colleges about the full-time, tenure track professorship. Each of
them shared that many colleges and universities are hiring more adjuncts for finan-
cial reasons. However, one dean of an adult education program shared that this isnt
all bad because working in the community, as Ido, or in another industry can heav-
ily inform teaching. So, it seems that having a full-time job in the area you teach is
the preferred model. Iknow that the University of Phoenix model is to hire facilita-
tors or associate faculty, as they are called, who have many years of experience in the
field they are teaching. The Bureau also reported that many part-time or adjunct
professors make a living teaching multiple courses at several different colleges or
universities.
The jobs outlook may be a bit better for some disciplines than others. For exam-
ple, the outlook for professorships in English is bleak and for those with a concen-
tration such as 20th century American history it is doubly bleak (Lewin, 2009).
In contrast, for postsecondary professors of psychology, employment prospects
are better. Industries with the highest published employment and wages for majors
in psychology are colleges, universities, and professional schools. However, based
on the results of my job search, the positions in higher education institutions are
most often those of a clinical nature and include school psychology. Industrial and
organization psychology also appear sporadically on the list of jobs. As Ishared ear-
lier, community psychology appears very infrequently on the list, but it is a relatively
new discipline and the colleges and universities that offer programs are limited.
Yet, because community psychology is so interdisciplinary in nature, the academic
positions where Iinterviewed were in social work, human services, and nonprofit
P repar ing and A p ply ing for a Teaching -Focus ed Facult y Pos i ti on 229
The reason why this phenomena exists is difficult to say, and speculations range
from there are low numbers of African Americans who hold PhDs to the sad truth of
continued discrimination. In any case, no matter what your ethnicity, keep driving
and somethings sure to turn up, unless you hit a snag too big to continue on, and the
only thing that Ican think of thats way too big, is a deer.Ouch!
References
Academic Coaching and Writing. (2014). Retrieved from www.academiccoachingandwriting.org
Cornell University. (2014). Research. Retrieved from https://www.cornell.edu/research/
The Chronicle of Higher Education. (2003). How to write a statement of teaching philosophy.
Retrieved from http://chronicle.com/article/How-to-Write-a-Statement-of/45133/
Journal of Blacks in Higher Education. (2006). Blacks in higher education:Still only a drop in the
bucket. Retrieved from http://www.jbhe.com/features/55_blackfaculty.html
Journal of Blacks in Higher Education. (2007). Blacks in higher education:The snail-like progress
of blacks in faculty ranks of higher education. Retrieved from http://www.jbhe.com/news_
views/62_blackfaculty.html
Leppert, A. (2012). Tips for teaching adult students. Retrieved from http://www.facultyfocus.
com/articles/effective-teaching-strategies/tips-for-teaching-adult-students/
Lewin, T. (2009, September 17). At colleges, humanities job outlook gets bleaker. NewYork Times.
Retrieved from http://www.nytimes.com/2009/12/18/education/18professor.html?_r=0.
National Institutes for Health, The Office of Intramural Training and Education. (2013). Retrieved
from https://www.training.nih.gov/assets/Writing_letters_for_faculty_jobs.pdf
Princeton Universitys, MGraw Center for Teaching and Learning. (2013). Writing teaching state-
ments and philosophies. Retrieved from https://mcgraw.princeton.edu/node/1486
The Professor Is In. (2014). How to write teaching and research statements. Retrieved from http://
theprofessorisin.com/category/how-to-write-teaching-and-research-statements/
Society for Community Research and Action. (2014). The education connection. Retrieved from
http://www.scra27.org/resources/educationc
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. (2013). The Writing Center at UNC-Chapel Hill.
Retrieved from https://writingcenter.unc.edu
US Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics. (2015). The condition of
education 2015 (NCES 2015144):Characteristics of postsecondary faculty. Retrieved from
https://nces.ed.gov/fastfacts/display.asp?id=61
US Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics (2014).Occupational employment and wages,
May 2015. Retrieved from http://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes251066.htm#ind
US Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. (2015). Occupational outlook handbook,
201617 edition. Retrieved from http://www.bls.gov/ooh/education-training-and-library/
postsecondary-teachers.htm#tab-1
Vanderbilt University. (2013). Teaching statements. Retrieved from http://cft.vanderbilt.edu/
teaching-guides/reflecting/teaching-statements/
Welsh, M. (2012). How to get a faculty job, part1:How to get an interview. Retrieved from http://
matt-welsh.blogspot.com/2012/12/how-to-get-faculty-job-part-1b-how-to.html
Welsh, M. (2012). How to get a faculty job, part2:The interview. Retrieved from http://matt-welsh.
blogspot.com/2012/12/how-to-get-faculty-job-part-2-interview.html
19
Fifteen years ago, Inever would have thought Iwould be writing a chapter about
finding a faculty position. I grew up in poverty with a mother who worked two
full-time jobs and a father who spent much of his time secluded in the bedroom or
acting out the agitation of his schizoaffective disorder. Ihad not intimately known
anyone who transcended their poverty or had a college degree, so Iaccepted the
social constraint and sought factory employment. Iexcelled in blue collar roles but
always yearned for ones with more reward and challenge. Ifound such challenge
and prestige in the drug culture where Iwas successful and felt like Ifit in, but
arrests and subsequent imprisonment quickly eroded that fragile status.
Academic supports and mentors also helped me transcend my impoverished
roots by providing guidance and opportunity. When Ifirst began college, Iadmired
the role of professors, but felt such stature was out of reach for someone of my social
standing. My perception of professors was somewhat akin to how one would view
the president of the United Statesa position often admired but rarely attained.
However, opportunities for growth began to shift my perspective. For example,
I was able to mentor and tutor other students. The mentoring of other students
helped me give back to society, and the tutoring provided validation for my aca-
demic progresssomeone actually valued my academic potential enough to pay
me for my services! This opened up a whole new world of possibilities. Work was
no longer about payment for labor performed but about being valued for having
knowledge and being able to share this knowledge with others.
The insight would have limited impact though if I had not continued in my
educationa thought that had not even crossed my mind when Istarted commu-
nity collegeI really could not even picture myself in a four-year program then.
Idid well early though and decided if Icould excel at a community college, then
Icould succeed in an undergraduate program. In my undergraduate career Ibecame
active in political advocacy and substance abuse prevention programs. Isimilarly
230
P repar ing and Ap ply ing for the A cad e mi c Mark e t 231
excelled while pursuing a bachelors degree and decided to keep going, eventually
applying for a masters program in clinical psychology where Ibecame excited and
confident about research. Again, Iexcelled and was further inspired to continue my
education. Idecided to enroll in DePaul Universitys Community Psychology PhD
program to pursue a career that once seemed an intangible dreamto become a
college professor.
Fortunately, that decision turned out well. I am now an assistant professor at
Washington College. As Ishift into a career in academia, Ilook back on my scholarly
path filled with unexpected detours to places Inever dreamed possible. The journey
started with community college and was heavily influenced by the opportunities
and validation academic support programs provided. Ican only hope that, as a fac-
ulty member and researcher, Ican inspire others the way my mentors inspired me.
Ialso hope to share my experiences looking for an academic job in hopes that others
can benefit from what Ihave learned.
Preparation
Teaching versus Research
While it is possible to change your focus from teaching to research or vice versa,
choosing an emphasis early in graduate school can help concentrate efforts on rel-
evant experience and credentials. Life is full of trade-offs and this is no exception.
Time and energy spent on one task can divert from another. This was something
Iknew before beginning my doctoral program; yet, Istill allowed myself to stray
from my initial goal of prioritizing the teaching role of academia over the research
one. I was fortunate to be in a research center rich with resources for empirical
inquiry, and Ifound Iwas talented at such research, so Ifocused mostly on inquiry.
Fortunately, Imanaged to teach two quarters of an introductory psychology course
and gained tremendous experience mentoring student researchers, which Idiscov-
ered was the most satisfying aspect of academia for me. However, most of my time
was spent thinking about and conducting research rather than honing my knowl-
edge and experience in teaching and in developing my teaching philosophy.
By the time Igraduated, Ihad credentials most applicable to a research-focused
position and found myself desiring one without even knowing why. In retrospect,
I know some of this was from the expectations of academia in general and the
respect research positions have compared to teaching-oriented roles. These expec-
tations are easy to unknowingly internalize. My experience is a prime example of
how our environments can shape us in ways we never expect. Graduate training
environments often challenge us and promote growth but can also lead us astray
from our goals. By acknowledging these goals early and reflecting on how they may
change over time, emerging scholars may find themselves better able to recognize
and diffuse diversions. Whether your goal is teaching or research, it is important to
focus on the skills and credentials necessary for achieving your aims while being
open to new experiences for growth and mindful of how such experiences may be
changing our ambitions and qualifications.
Branding
One or Two FociEarly
Perhaps even more important than setting and maintaining a goal of either research
or teaching is to focus on one or two major research and teaching aims. The idea is to
brand yourself. Iam a person who likes to explore a variety of ideas, but our society
is one of ever-increasing specialization, and academia is no exception. Universities
are looking for people who have committed to one or two major research aims and
have spent their graduate career exploring those ideas in depththey are looking
for experts and assurance of what area a prospect would study if hired. Although my
advisor gave frequent and consistent advice about having a narrower focus, Ifound
myself nonetheless exploring my curiosities. As Ientered the academic job market
and began preparing materials such as the research statement, Istruggled to encom-
pass everything underneath one or two primary aims. In retrospect, Iwould have
preferred to incorporate my advisors suggestions.
Non-Community Branding
Topical branding is particularly important in a field such as community psychology,
where there are few field-specific programs for which to apply. Community psy-
chologists may find it helpful to choose interests closely aligned with other fields,
such as prevention and human development. That opens the door to a considerably
larger pool of potential employment opportunities. Much of my work had revolved
around person-environment fit and engagement in community settings. Iwas able
to draw on these interdisciplinary topics for applications to community, applied
social, industrial/organizational, and environmental psychology positions. In the
end, I was hired as an environmental psychologist to study person-environment
interactions and engagement in environmental advocacy groups.
P repar ing and Ap ply ing for the A cad e mi c Mark e t 233
little to my applications. We all have an entire career to devote to action once we are
in academic positions that can support that work. Similarly, sometimes students
are assigned as teaching assistants for courses that may diverge from their brand.
Offering to give guest lectures on topics related to your focus can help maintain
that emphasis though. Ivolunteered to give a number of guest lectures on person-
environment fit, social ecology, and grant writingall of which helped support my
brand and applications.
Networking
Graduate school is not only a prime opportunity to develop ones brand but also a
time to build up a network of scholarly peers. Ilike to think of networking as multi-
dimensional, with horizontal, upward vertical, and downward vertical components.
Horizontal networking establishes a lasting group of peers to dialogue and collabo-
rate with as our career progresses. Downward networking provides support to those
at earlier stages in their academic development while also providing opportunities
for valuable connections in the future. Upward networking builds relationships
with established and respected colleagues and is paramount for preparing yourself
for faculty applications.
Such upward networking can help students gain valuable research experience,
facilitate entry into graduate school, obtain strong letters of support, receive recom-
mendations for faculty job openings, and form indirect connections to faculty mem-
bers in programs with such openings. For example, Iwas once a clinical psychology
major and had not even heard of community psychology. Ihad been establishing a
relationship with a faculty member and asking about opportunities for addiction
research experience. She pointed me to a research center where Imight be able to
get such experience. Little did Iknow this was a prominent community psychol-
ogy research center. There, Igained not only the experience Iwas looking for but
also exposure to a new perspectivecommunity psychology. Because Ihad been
working at DePaul already, Inaturally found an ally to facilitate my entry into their
program. I continued to work with him during graduate school and also formed
close relationships with other faculty through classroom discussions, thoughtful
assignments, and assisting them with grant writing and research conceptualization.
I maintained contact with all my mentors throughout my academic career and
have now found support for my tenure-track job pursuits. This is particularly helpful
for getting insider access to openings and letters of support. Some of these faculty
members contacted me about job openings and expected openings while others
nominated me to their colleagues when openings arose. Still others wrote letters
of support and contacted colleagues for inside information when Ihave applied or
was considering applying. Most applications will require three letters of recommen-
dation while some others ask for five. Letter writers should include people who are
familiar with both your research and your teaching. It is often expected that your
Manuscripts/Writing Samples
Both vertical and horizontal networking provide opportunities for publication
and builds a support network for improving your own work. Many academic job
postings will ask for copies of writing samples. Such publications demonstrate not
only your commitment to a scholarly topic but also productivity. They also dem-
onstrate your capacity for research and writing. My networks provide opportuni-
ties to conduct research at other universities, strengthen research designs and grant
applications, collect data with support of community partners, and develop quality
manuscripts to submit as samples. In addition to collaborations with my mentors,
Iwas able to work with peers to conduct research and publish papers.
BuildingaCV
These branding, networking, and publishing activities provide opportunities to
obtain the experiences and credentials to demonstrate capacity for faculty posi-
tions. The curriculum vitae (CV) is a document that conveys your professional
development to colleagues and potential employers. It includes educational,
research, teaching, and employment experience, as well as professional contri-
butions and recognitions. My CV includes sections such as education, grants,
research experience, teaching experience, related professional experience, univer-
sity service, scholarly service, community service, guest editing, peer-reviewed
articles, chapters, conference presentations, awards, and professional member-
ships. To help build research experience early on, you can volunteer as a research
assistant initially and seek out paid assistant and postdoc positions later. Often,
people fresh out of graduate school have not been instructors before, but you can
list other teaching experiences. For example, Iincluded independent study super-
vision and theses Ihad supervised, as well as my graduate teaching assistant and
guest lecturing experiences.
Professional positions can also demonstrate a commitment to your brand of
scholarship. For example, Iheld several addiction and LGBT-related positions prior
to graduate school and maintained those on my CV. There are a variety of ways in
which university service can demonstrate commitment to your academic commun-
ity. For example, Ivolunteered for university committees during my undergradu-
ate and graduate tenure. Ialso served as a student representative to the Graduate
Student Association and volunteered to develop marketing tools for my graduate
program. Similarly, commitment to your larger scholarly community can be dem-
onstrated in a variety of ways. For example, Iwas an organizer for various confer-
ences, social events, and business meetings as well as a peer reviewer for journals.
P repar ing and Ap ply ing for the A cad e mi c Mark e t 235
Course Reviews/Observations
Job ads will also frequently request documentation to demonstrate your excellence
in teaching. Such documentation could include student reviews as well as mentors
formal observations of your teaching. These credentials demonstrate commitment
to teaching, capacity for teaching, progress as an instructor, and what your strengths
and weaknesses may be. While any weak course evaluations could affect an applica-
tion, it is most important to show your reviews have consistently improved. While
my first student evaluations were at or below the department mean, my later evalu-
ations were above what is typical of the department. This helped demonstrate Ihad
learned through experience and was likely to continue growing in thefuture.
Applying
While graduate school focuses on developing these networks and credentials, pro-
grams and advisors vary in how much support they provide for the application pro-
cess. If you find yourself in a situation without sufficient support, remember Google
and professional consultants can be important allies. For example, The Professor
Is In (http://www.theprofessorisin.com) is a blog website with a broad array of
information on the application process, and the author is a professional consultant
for academic applicants. There is also the Psychology Academic Job Search website
(http://www.psychjobsearch.wikidot.com) where applicants can share informa-
tion and advice. Other important allies are time and practice. My advisor suggested
Iapply one year before Iactually wanted to find a job, so Icould learn more about
the process and gain experience. Having seen the difference this made in my appli-
cations, Iam confident in passing this advice along to others.
Similarly, it helps to have at least two versions of a cover letter preparedone with
research emphasized and another with teaching emphasized. These cover letters will
be the same for most positions you apply for with the exception of one paragraph at
the end that is tailored to each position. Your teaching statement can also include a
paragraph tailored to each position. In this paragraph, you would indicate specific
courses you are interested in teaching. You may also find it useful to have different
versions of your research statement if you plan to emphasize different aspects of
your research for various positions.
The CV, cover letter, teaching statement, and letters of recommendation are all
discussed in the prior chapter, so Iwill only discuss the research statement here.
This is essentially a one-or two-page themed statement of why your work is impor-
tant, the one or two general themes of that work, your inquiry thus far, and where
you are headed in the future. Think of it like a graduate school personal statement
in which you are telling a story with this academic position naturally serving as
the next chapter. This is the day of reckoning for all your branding efforts. You will
quickly realize how successful or unsuccessful you were in this endeavor. For me,
it was the latter. Ihad done several interesting things in graduate school, but the
theme was somewhat weak. I had realized the importance of depth too late and
struggled to pull my work together under two coherent themes, letalone one. After
several drafts and revisions, Iwas able to put a decent story together my first year of
applying, but Ispent the next year working on research that helped strengthen my
branding.
Researching Opportunities
Once you have the degree, other qualifications, references, and materials for an aca-
demic position, there is a plethora of online resources for locating one. My favorites
included APA PsychCareers, Higher Ed Jobs, Inside Higher Ed, the Chronicle, the
Psychology Job Wiki, and Indeed. The Psychology Job Wiki will also help you find
and share updates on positions such as when candidates have been offered phone
screenings and campus visits as well as when a position has been filled. For search
engines, new listings are posted daily, especially during the fall. Most of these are
posted on Monday and Friday, so I searched each website every Tuesday using
bookmarks that included filters for geographic location and other criteria. Although
I was more selective of positions and geographic areas my first year of applying,
Iexpanded both my second year and had considerably greater success.
P repar ing and Ap ply ing for the A cad e mi c Mark e t 237
course requirements and course catalogs for programs in the department. Another
tip is to become familiar with student organizations, research and action centers,
and local community organizations related to your work. This information will be
used to draft a paragraph about how your work and interests specifically relate to the
campus and surrounding community. The information may also be used to tailor a
paragraph of your teaching philosophy to the department and/or program. Lastly,
this information will become essential for interviews and campus visits.
Interviews
Initial Screening
If you have been productive, gained experience and credentials, built your net-
work, developed your brand, assembled a strong application, and have a little for-
tune along the way, you will likely find yourself being considered for a position.
Some search committees conduct an initial 1530 minute screening by telephone
or videoconference, while others skip this step and invite candidates for a campus
visit. Committees will also vary in how condensed the screening sessions are. Iwas
surprised that some were quite structured and fast-paced while others were more
casual. For a screening process, committees are generally most concerned about
assessing your capacity for teaching and research as well as your fit with their pro-
grams culture and goals. The chair of the search committee will likely email you to
arrange a time for a screening with one or two weeks of leadtime.
While waiting for the screening, take some time to prepare. There is often little
time for an in-depth discussion of their program and your fit, but it helps to at least
be familiar with them and the surrounding community. One important piece of
information to request is the names of people you will be speaking with. This will
help focus your preparation. Ifound it helpful to gather basic information about
peoples research interests. Icreated basic biographic sheets for each person includ-
ing their interests and pictures to familiarize myself with the committee. Ialso found
it helpful to learn about the programs mission, values, and goals as well as those of
the university. In addition, Ifound information on local community organizations
that Icould collaborate with there. While committees vary widely in the questions
they ask, lists of commonly asked questions are readily available online as are sug-
gestions of questions to ask. Lastly, you will likely have at least a couple versions of
your application materials, so it helps to review both the job ad and your application
to remind yourself how you want to market yourself in the screening.
CampusVisits
If selected for further consideration, you will likely receive an email or call within
one or two weeks after the screening to arrange a campus visit. Usually, only three
or four people are invited for a visit, so you are really in the top tier and the odds are
pretty good if you get the call! Now you just need to seal the deal. While you will
have a little more time to prepare for this visit compared to the screening, visits are
often scheduled within two weeks. During this one-or two-day visit, you will meet
with faculty members individually, have meals with the faculty, meet with students
as a group, and give a teaching and/or job talk. You will also likely meet with fac-
ulty members in other departments and/or meet directors of university centers or
programs.
Preparation
The preparation process is similar to that of screening preparation but more in depth.
Competition is pretty tight at this stage, and sometimes the smallest things separate
candidates. Therefore, preparation is not just important but essential. Some search
committees will give clear guidance about what you will be doing, when you are
doing it, and who you will be around. For others, you may need to seek additional
information about who you are meeting with individually, what type of audience
you will have at your talks (e.g., undergraduate students, graduate students, pro-
gram faculty, other faculty). Some provide an itinerary with ample notice of a week
while others do not provide one until the day of arrival. Additionally, some give
specific information about who will make travel arrangements and whether they are
paid up front or reimbursed, but you may need clarifications from others. If you or
your advisor knows people at the institution, you can get inside information about
the culture of the program, politics involved in the current position, and the most
pressing current needs of the program. You can further prepare by reading abstracts
and/or articles of people you will meet, looking up recent campus and department
news articles, the strategic plan of the program and/or university, and even online
student reviews of faculty for teaching-oriented positions. Those reviews will help
shed some light on the teaching culture there. Given the breadth of this informa-
tion, Ifound it helpful to have summary guides and Ieven enlisted help from others
to create summary sheets of faculty members with their pictures and summary of
their interests. The biggest thing to keep in mind though is your overall strengths
and branding. Almost any conversation can be steered in their direction if you stay
mindful ofthem.
JobTalk
The single most important part of the visit is the talk, whether it is a research-or
teaching-focused one. This is usually 4560 minutes in length and needs to be
practiced and revised repeatedly with input from supportive peers and mentors. It
should also be tailored to a broad audience across sub-disciplines of psychology and
potentially other disciplines. As an applied field, theory can sometimes become sec-
ondary in our work, so it is especially important that theory be strongly integrated
P repar ing and Ap ply ing for the A cad e mi c Mark e t 239
for the job talk. Even though Ithink about and use theory in much of my work,
theory was still seen as a weakness in one talk Igave. Ihad been grounding my work
in theory, but Ifound some gaps and worried others might spot them. In retrospect,
Ishould have had more confidence in knowing the theory better than others and
addressing gaps if they were spotted and voiced. The talk should also be tailored to
the job ad, other program needs, and the branding you are marketing tothem.
TeachingTalk
For teaching-oriented positions, the committee may ask for a teaching talk in addi-
tion to or instead of a job talk, which is typically research-focused. Some programs
assign a topic while others allow you to choose your own. Similarly, some require
integration into existing courses while others allow a more independent focus.
Regardless of the topic though, you will want to focus on your technique rather
than content, because that is what the faculty will be evaluating you onyour peda-
gogy. You likely submitted a teaching statement to these schools, so that will give
you a guide for selecting techniques to use in this talk. For me, Ifocused on student
engagement and critical thinking, so my technique focused on these areas. Ihad also
talked about specific strategies for enhancing both, so Iincorporated those strate-
gies as well. Lastly, after the talk, you may be asked questions about your pedagogy
and why you used certain strategies, so be prepared to answer these type of ques-
tions about your approach as well as the content, just incase.
Meetings andMeals
Meetings and meals will likely take place both before and after your talks, so be
prepared to repeatedly discuss your research before your talk and to field questions
about your work after. Most faculty members already think you are competent, or
they would not have invited you for a visit, so think of the interactions as largely
informal discussions in which faculty and other colleagues are trying to understand
what you would be like as a colleague. It is not unusual for candidates to meet with
individual committee members in depth but also to meet with the chair, dean, and/
or provost, as well as directors of centers and programs. This will include both fac-
ulty members in the program and others outsideofit.
Negotiation
Although it can sometimes take months to hear if you were not successful at prior
stages of the academic job application process, you will likely receive a call from
the search chair, dean, or provost to tell you whether or not you were selected. This
can sometimes be the beginning of the negotiation process if you are selected, so it
helps to be prepared before you get the call. Some of the things that are negotiable
include salary, lab startup funding, relocation funding, office and/or lab space, first-
year teaching load, number of first-year new course preps, course releases for things
like writing grant proposals, tenure clock pausing for life events, and other specifics
of the tenure process. At this stage, you could probably consider almost anything
negotiable, but these negotiations are your entry into the institutions political pro-
cess, so keep in mind that you will want collegial relationships going forward. The
key is to prioritize what you want and need, get enough to feel valued and be produc-
tive, and maintain a collegial relationship with others involved in the negotiation.
Conclusion
Im sure by now you are realizing just how involved this process is and possibly even
wondering why one might choose an academic career path! It is certainly a chal-
lenging process but, like other aspects of academia, one which provides consider-
able opportunity for self-reflection and growth. Writing your teaching and research
statements helps solidify your goals and objectives while also providing additional
practice communicating them to others. The process also builds tremendous orga-
nizational, time-management, and political skills. Sure, it is a competitive process,
but you are truly the cream of the crop at this point. As long as you are productive,
gain experience, collect credentials, build your network, develop a strong applica-
tion packet, and cast a wide net, you will land an academic position. It may not
always be in the location or university you dreamed of, but you will be in a place that
can support your academic work. In closing, to all those considering an academic
route, remember the wise words of Wayne Gretsky:You miss 100% of the shots
you donttake.
20
When we started our undergraduate studies in psychology during the early 70s at
the Universidad de los Andes in Bogota, Colombia, community psychology was not
a career choice. In fact, it was not even mentioned in the introduction to psychol-
ogy books. In Colombia at the time, the closest one could get to the field of com-
munity psychology was through applied social psychology and there were some
psychologists who were very engaged in prevention programs, particularly in the
areas of addictions and interventions with low-income children and youth. When
we applied for Fulbright Scholarships to come to study in the United States, we
emphasized the areas of health promotion and disease prevention as our main inter-
ests. At the time, these were areas of great need in Colombia, yet very few psycholo-
gists were trained to conduct research in these areas. At the University of Kansas
(KU), Yolanda became engaged with the research team of Dr. Steven Fawcett
who still leads the Work Group for Community Health and Development, and
Fabricio started working as a graduate research assistant (GRA) for the Research
and Training Center on Independent Living. Those two positions were our initial
doorway into grant writing. We became SCRA members after attending a meeting
of the Midwest Ecological Community Psychology Conference in 1984. We have
been members ever since and Fabricio finished his term as president of the Society
in August 2014 while Yolanda was elected President of SCRA in 2016.
We started writing grants at KU when we were working as graduate research
assistants at a large research and training center that depended on grant funding for
its operation. We learned to write our first grants with the help and support of our
mentors. We were responsible for writing small projects that were part of the larger
research proposal for our research unit. Fabricio wrote and received his first grant as
a principal investigator (PI), during his last year in graduate school. This was an early
career award of $48,800 from the US Department of Education National Institute
241
1. Attend webinars and grant writing workshops and add yourself to the mail-
ing list of grant announcements for different funding agencies. For example,
we are registered with the National Institute on Disability, Independent
Living, and Rehabilitation Research and we get their grant announce-
ments. In most federal agencies, you can email and request to be added to
the list of recipients. Many research offices at universities also have grant
announcements that they are happy to share with interested faculty.
2. Review successfully funded grants from other colleagues who are willing
to share. It is always a good idea to see good models, especially early on in
the process.
3. Become part of a writing team in which you provide feedback to, and
receive feedback from, your colleagues.
4. Seek or request a mentor at your academic institution.
5. Volunteer to serve as a grant reviewer. In several federal agencies (e.g., US
Department of Education) you can request to be considered as a grant
reviewer. This is an important experience that gives you insight about the
review process, how the decisions are made, and the issues that reviewers
raise when conducting their reviews.
6. Write, write, write, and resubmit if you are not funded the first time around.
evaluation and if the project gets funded, become engaged with the research team
on a regular basis. Agood external program evaluator is likely to be rehired in future
projects and/or recommended for other projects. So good performance generates
a positive ripple effect.
DemonstrationGrants
The main goal of these grants is to test a particular intervention, methodology, or
treatment, and engage in the dissemination of such intervention. These grants allow
researchers to test the efficacy of a particular intervention, and/or they are used to
test new models or approaches in community settings.
Career DevelopmentGrants
These awards are intended to promote a research career for junior investigators and
postdocs. There are several career development awards. For instance, the National
Institutes of Heath (NIH) has the following.
For a complete explanation of these different awards, please consult the NIH
website (http://w ww.nimh.nih.gov/f unding/t raining/c areer-d evelopment-
programs-k-series.shtml#4).
These career development awards are intended for junior investigators and are
strategically designed to create a pathway for independent research. Junior research-
ers who obtain a career development award are more likely to secure additional
research funding. Other funders such as NIDRR have awards like the Switzer
Fellowship for early career researchers in the field of disability (see more infor-
mation at http://www2.ed.gov/programs/resfel/applicant.html). There are also
multiple awards to promote or advance the careers of minority researchers start-
ing at the undergraduate level (e.g., the Summer Research Opportunity Program
(see more information at http://www.cic.net/students/srop/introduction); the
McNair Research Awards (see more information at http://mcnairscholars.com/
funding/); graduate students (e.g., institutional funding for graduate assistantships
and mentoring); postdocs (e.g., one to two years of funding); and junior faculty
members (e.g., early career awards) in the NIH and its multiple agencies, like the
office of minority Health (see http://www.minorityhealth.hhs.gov/).
CenterGrants
These are usually large grants that involve multiple years of research activities (typi-
cally up to five years), multiple related projects, and often multiple sites. These
grants often involve partnerships among multiple universities and/or community-
based organizations. Most centers missions include conducting multiple research
projects as well as engaging in training, technical assistance, and dissemination
activities. Box 20.2 summarizes the activities of a center grant that we directed in
the area of capacity building for conducting research with minority individuals with
disabilities.
prepares the application but the funding is given to the academic institution who
administers the grant. The applicant must be very careful to follow all the directions
for each competition as explained in the application forms, because lack of com-
pliance could be a reason for eliminating the application from the review process.
Typically these grants are funded from three to five years depending on the type
ofgrant.
State
Almost all state agencies have contracts to support a variety of services for their
residents. These services cover all ages across the life span, all types of services (e.g.,
health, education, housing, transportations, welfare, food, and so on), and all geo-
graphical areas of each state. All local social service agencies have to submit annual
applications to continue and/or start new programs or services. These agencies have
staff members who prepare these applications and sometimes they hire consultants
to help them with the process. Occasionally, some contracts may include funds for
evaluating services and/or conducting training activities.
Foundations
There are local, state, national and international private foundations and corpora-
tions that fund basic and/or community-based research. Agood source of informa-
tion about foundations by state is the Foundation Directory (see https://fconline.
foundationcenter.org/). Foundations tend to be specific in terms of the type of
projects they fund. Usually they require a letter of intent that is reviewed and if the
ideas presented in the letter are of interest to the foundation or meet their guide-
lines, they then invite the individual or organization to submit a full application.
These applications are usually shorter and easier to complete than federal grants.
The amount of funding tends to be smaller than federal grants and the time frame
for the project is usually one to two years. Private foundation grants have become
very competitive.
terms that may have a particular meaning in a profession, and acronyms should
always be spelled out the first time they are cited in the text of the proposal.
consider the magnitude of the need among the target population in determining
their funding priorities and decisions. Other agencies may value certain method-
ological approaches over others. For example, some foundations may be inclined
to support research that focuses on empowerment and capacity building for indi-
viduals or agencies; others may be more interested in reducing health disparities
among various populations. Such agencies will tend to fund researchers that work
with participants who do not have adequate economic resources, educational and/
or employment opportunities, or access to health care. When developing the inter-
vention component of the proposal, community psychologists should document
the magnitude of the need among the target population. The proposed interven-
tion should articulate a viable way for addressing those needs so the two are clearly
interrelated.
These are reasonable indicators that the investigator has experience successfully
managing the intellectual, managerial, budgetary, and logistical challenges involved
in carrying out a grant-funded study. The lack of experience can become a serious
obstacle for new or early career researchers. Astrategy that worked well for us when
we were starting the process of submitting grant applications was to partner with a
senior researcher who was added to the proposal as co-investigator.
statistical approaches to analysis, reviewers often look for evidence that an applicant
is aware of and has considered a wide range of choices for data collection and over-
coming potential barriers.
Adetailed listing of all main research objectives and activities (e.g., participants
recruitment, data collection, data analysis and dissemination)
The evaluation plan (for a multi-year funded project) could include two separate
levels of evaluation:
Conclusions
Grant writing is a necessary and important skill for community psychologists,
whether they are in academia or working in the field. The process is not easy but
it does get better with practice. During the last few years, it is becoming more dif-
ficult to secure grants because of the combination of budget cuts in many federal
programs and an increased number of people submitting applications. Community
psychologists have a competitive edge in developing grant proposals because of
our close relationships with local community agencies, our understanding of mul-
tiple factors influencing complex social or health-related problems, our knowledge
of participatory evaluation and intervention approaches, our capacity to propose
interventions designed to empower participants, and our knowledge of both quan-
titative and qualitative evaluation methodologies. We are also skilled in building
organizational capacity for change and that is one of the long-term outcomes that
many funding agencies are looking for. Many professionals can talk about develop-
ing interventions for social transformation but we are trained todoso.
This chapter offered a comprehensive overview of the various steps of proposal
writing. We explained 12 basic principles of proposal writing in some detail in order
to inform readers of the main components of the process. We encourage readers
to use the additional resources presented in Appendix 20.1. Both academics and
practitioners can benefit from sharpening their grant-writing skills. We believe that
graduate programs in community psychology should consider a grant-writing class
where students can have the experience of grant writing, perhaps as a service to
local agencies that may be glad to get additional help to pursue funding to expand
or continue their programs. This experience could be mutually beneficial to the stu-
dents, the organizations involved, and the academic program. As we mentioned, the
skill of grant writing improves with practice and greater familiarity with the fund-
ing agencies. Although it is disappointing when we do not get a grant after work-
ing very hard, remember that there is always the possibility to revise and resubmit.
Goodluck!
Books
Gitlin, L.N., & Lyons, K.J. (2004). Successful grant writing:Strategies for health
and human service professionals. NewYork, NY:Springer.
Karsh, E. & Fox A. S. (2014). The only grant-writing book you will ever need.
NewYork:NY:BasicBooks.
ONeal-McElrath, T. (2013). Winning grants step by step: The complete work-
book for planning, developing, and writing successful proposals. San Francisco,
CA:Jossey-Bass.
Digital
How to find the fight funders:Astrategic approach. The Grantsmanship Center:
http://www.tgci.com/publications-purchase
Internet Resources for the Nonprofit Grantseeker, 3/e (CD-ROM). http://www.
grantcenter.org/publications2.htm
Websites:Non-Profit Guides. Free web-based grant-writing tools for nonprofit orga-
nizations, charitable, educational, public organizations, and other community-
minded groups. Available at http://www.npguides.org/
General Services Administration, Federal Domestic Assistance Catalogue.
Developing and Writing Grant Proposals. Available at http://www.nmfs.noaa.
gov/trade/howtodogrants.htm
The Foundation Center. A nonprofit information clearinghouse and library that
collects and disseminates information on more than 80,000 private foundations
for organizations and individuals seeking information about grants. Available at
http://www.fdncenter.org
References
Balcazar, F. E., & Suarez-Balcazar, Y. (2004). Center for capacity building for minorities with dis-
abilities research. The University of Illinois at Chicago, Department of Disability and Human
Development and Department of Occupational Therapy. Award Number: H133A040007
funded by the National Institutes of Disability and Rehabilitation Research, US Department
of Education.
Kiritz, N. J. (1980). Program planning and proposal writing. Expanded version. Los Angeles,
CA: The Grantsmanship Center. Available for purchase at http://www.tgci.com/
publications-purchase#commerce-cart-add-to-cart-form-18
Taylor, R.R., Suarez-Balcazar, Y., Pepin, G., & White, E. (2006). Obtaining funding for research
(chapter30). In Gary Kielhofner (Ed.), Research in occupational therapy:Methods of inquiry for
enhancing practice. Philadelphia, PA:F.A.Davis.
Tolan, P., Keys, C. B., Chertok, F., & Jason, L. (1990). Researching community psychology:Issues of
theory and methods. Washington, DC:American Psychological Association.
21
Community-Based Research
To provide a sense of the type of community-based research that Ido in Nigeria,
Iwill provide information about one study in which Ifocused on estimating the
prevalence of chronic fatigue syndrome/myalgic encephalomyelitis (CFS/ME)
and associated factors in Nigeria (Njoku, 2009; Njoku, Jason & Torres-Harding,
2007). In this project, as a community member myself, Irecruited other community
258
Within the hospital environment, Iworked to develop a relationship with all the
important departments, such as the outpatient, X-ray, and laboratory departments.
The hospital administrator communicated with the key staff in each of these depart-
ments to assist with the study. Iwent with the study participants to every depart-
ment to facilitate the activities they were required to complete and to ensure that
they would not encounter problems in any department. The participants expressed
satisfaction with the study. Before Ileft the hospital, Iwent to each of the depart-
ments and expressed my appreciation for their assistance to the study participants
and myself. They in turn expressed satisfaction with the way Iworked with them.
Ihave continued to maintain communication with those who served as research
assistants and with the hospital management.
To a great extent, my ability to carry out this community work was as a result of
my exposure to community psychology principles and values, and because of the
training Ireceived at the Center for Community Research directed by Dr.Leonard
Jason. Specifically, the concept of diversity and participatory community research
influenced my choice of the approach implemented in this study. Iwas conscious
of the need to involve community members in my study from its inception. Ialso
learned about the importance of developing rapport with clients/consultees from
the community psychology course, consultation, and clinical psychology courses
and from the field work course required in my graduate studies. At the Center for
Community Research, within the CFS research team, staff members always accom-
pany participants of the study to their physician appointments. This model inspired
me to do the same for the participants of my Nigerian CFSstudy.
America, Asia, Europe, and other parts of Africa, to ensure that our students and
staff have the opportunity to share educational, research, and cultural ideas with
students and staff of other universities. This collaboration is geared towards espous-
ing in our students and staff the socialization that will lead them to the appreciation
and respect of cultural diversity.
A challenge Ihad was getting other universities (those outside Nigeria) to whom
we proposed collaboration to agree to exchange students, staff, and resources.
I tried to gain an understanding of why the collaboration process was not being
embraced by some universities and realized that they were afraid of committing to
Nigeria, a nation that the media has portrayed as a den of kidnappers and crimi-
nals. This fear of Nigeria can be attributed to lack of understanding of the breath
and width of the nation and the culture of hospitality that supersedes the menace
of kidnapping and other criminal activities. In fact, many Nigerians are hospitable
and only a few people engage in kidnapping behavior. Therefore, the fear of col-
laboration with Nigerian universities stems from cultural bias that only exposure
to the Nigerian culture can ameliorate. In one of my communications with a poten-
tial collaborator, Iwas made to understand that their university would be happy to
receive our students and lecturers, but they would not encourage their students and
staff to travel to Nigeria. Lack of understanding and misconceived notions that are
now stereotypes may have contributed to why some universities in Europe and the
United States are finding it difficult to collaborate with Nigerian universities. Can
we change the perceptions and attitude of the Western world about Nigeria? Not
quickly. We can choose, however, to propose a collaboration that will allow our stu-
dents and staff to experience learning at universities in the Western world. It should
be noted that some universities in Europe are collaborating with us in the areas of
academic staff exchange and sharing research ideas. Thus far, only universities in
Austria and Germany have agreed to a two-way collaboration. One university in the
United States has also commenced a two-way collaboration with our university. The
mode of operations we have with our collaborators from Austria and Germany and
the university in the United States was facilitated by professors and researchers who
have actually visited and lectured briefly at our university. Iexpect that with time
and some exposure, our other collaborators from the United Kingdom and United
States will open their doors to a bilateral exchange of staff and students.
Having studied and worked in the United States, Iwas exposed to a variety of
teaching and learning models. The citizen participation tenet of community psychol-
ogy spurred me to aim for a recreation of some of the things that Ilearned overseas
in Nigeria (Florin & Wandersman, 1990). For example, advocating for multidisci-
plinary collaborations among the staff and students and finding ways to promote
appreciation of diversity of knowledge (Trickett, 1996). It is part of Godfrey Okoye
University (GO University) culture to have lecturers from varied fields teaching the
same course. For example, the universitys peace and conflict resolution course is
shared by an anthropologist, a sociologist, a philosopher, a political scientist, and
a language specialist. Thus, our students see that varied disciplines can contribute
to a better understanding of specific areas of learning and practice. In addition, we
encourage our students to take lectures from any area of study. My hope is that the
university will someday become a center of epistemic dialogue (that is dialogue
between varied fields of learning) where students and lecturers will love to engage
in interdisciplinarywork.
Another challenge was the result of my many years of sojourn in the United
States. The Nigeria Iknew had changed and Itoo have changed. My first year as a
lecturer was challenging. My students reported that they had difficulty understand-
ing me because of my American accent. Itoo found it difficult to understand both
their verbal and written communication. Both pronunciation and written material
differ between the two nations. While Nigerians maintain British spelling, the pro-
nunciation of words reflect Nigerian ethnic accent. To deal with communications,
Iturned to my siblings who taught me how to pronounce words the Nigerian way.
For example in the word data, the English alphabet a is pronounced as the Igbo
alphabet a which sounds ah. In the words of Kelly (2006), Ithink of my personal
challenges as my antidote to arrogance, lest Ishould think of myself as the expert
in the community.
As can be deduced from the preceding, my entry into the Godfrey Okoye
University system was facilitated by the previous experiences documented in my
CV and activities such as speeches and lectures that I gave at events and institutions.
It is important for candidates to prepare their CV well. At DePaul University, we
were required to prepare our CVs as part of the learning activities of our consulta-
tion course. I prepared my own while taking this course. I kept the basic format of
the CV that we were taught in the course, but I have continued to update it. In addi-
tion, the feedback from the vice chancellor/president of the university regarding
the role my public presentation played in my appointment as Director of Academic
Planning suggests that it is important for individuals aspiring to get into this type
of position to develop their presentation skills. Program development and evalua-
tion skills are also essential. Community psychology students aspiring to engage in
international development must work hard to develop both theoretical and practi-
cal knowledge of program development and evaluation.
In the course of my work at GO University, Ihave developed several initiatives
to contribute to the advancement of the university and the community. One of my
initiatives is the peace program.
Peace Program
The first thing Idid when Ireturned to Nigeria was to enlist myself for the National
Youth Service Corp (NYSC). The NYSC is a year-long service program required of
all those who graduate with a bachelors degree before age 30. Those who are older
than 30years are exempted from participating in the program. The Corp members
are usually posted to varied regions of the country to enable them experience other
cultures while serving in different capacities. In the course of completing this year-
long service, I was exposed to varying degrees of violence, and many of my col-
leagues in more violent regions experienced high levels of violence. Ialso noted that
many settings, including educational settings, were breeding grounds for violence.
I was touched by the culture of secondary school seniors punishing junior stu-
dents. Ireflected on a variety of community psychology principles and values and
intervention methods. Iremembered the violence prevention program that Iwas
assigned to during my training at DePaul University. Iwas in a cohort that provided
school-based social skills intervention at a local school in Lincoln Park district.
In deciding on my responsibility toward ameliorating the level of violence in our
society, Ireflected again on the community psychologists obligation to participate
in the life of the communities in which they live. Whereas this obligation is not
necessarily taught in the university, at formal and informal gatherings of commu-
nity psychologists, this obligation is echoed in conversations, presentations, and
the types of work that prominent founding members of the field accomplished.
Two approaches to community interventions that are predominantly taught in
community psychology are prevention and promotion (Caplan, 1964; Durlak,
1995; Cowen, 2000). Ihad to decide between a violence-prevention and a peace-
promotion pathway. Ichoose the later because of my belief that teaching young peo-
ple peaceful approaches to challenges might equip them with tools that will enable
them to develop both inner and external peace. Itherefore began my peace initia-
tives in 2011 with the annual youth peace conference which brings young people
from high school and higher education institutions together for a peace dialogue
and peace activities, such as art and puzzle solutions. Through this annual youth
peace program, Ihave been able to reach more than 3000 young people from high
school to higher education institutions. Evaluation results of the annual youth peace
conference have shown that participants develop better understanding of peace and
some of the concepts associated with peace, such as justice, human rights, tranquil-
ity, sense of community, harmony, environmental safety, safeguarding the goods of
other people, and basic amenities (Njoku & Anieke, 2014). In addition, Ihave now
established a peace club at GO University; with the goal of assisting other students
to learn about peace and exhibit peaceful dispositions in their interactions with
people and the system.
In June 2013, Icommenced a media peace promotion program entitled Peace.
The Peace program is a weekly radio talk that tells stories of peace. In this program,
I target young people and adults, and present both family and systems-oriented
peace strategies and stories. The stories are used to explore varied peace approaches
that cut across age groups. Thus far, the Peace program seems to be achieving its
goal. Its audience sends in affirming correspondence and some stakeholders have
visited me at the university where Iwork to express their appreciation for the pro-
gram. Some individuals have also called or visited to inform me that the program
has helped their families or relationships improve. The greatest challenge Ihave now
is to find ways to keep up with requests to provide family and community peace
interventions in face-to-face communication mode. In addition, the sustenance of
the program depends on continual support from the financial sponsors of the pro-
gram. Ican see the project turning into a media and face-to-face peace intervention
for communities, families, and individuals. This might require full-time attention,
which Iam unable to give as a result of my work at the university. An alternative
direction for the Peace program would be to develop a community-based consulta-
tion forum and recruit students and professionals or paraprofessionals to provide
the consultation under my supervision.
The community psychology training I received through coursework such as
consultation, grant writing, and community psychology, and the field work project,
equipped me adequately for this future direction of the Peace program. Ibelieve
that this direction will bring the Peace program closer to individuals who are in
need of peace intervention in their homes and communities. The project will also
serve as a training ground for students and professionals who are interested in peace
promotion.
All of my activities at the university coalesced into my inaugural lecture enti-
tled Behavioural Health:Application of Biopsychosocial Model of Prevention and
Treatment. An inaugural lecture is usually delivered by a professor within the first
two years of promotion to the rank of a professor in universities that implement
the British academic system. Nigerian universities implement this inaugural lecture
requirement. In the course of my activities in the university, I continued to pro-
vide behavioral health consultations to the university management, staff, students,
and the community. I receive invitations to deliver behavioral health workshops
and papers at least twice a year from various institutions. The inaugural lecture is
expected to provide good information on a topical issue that is related to the pro-
fessors field and areas of research and intervention. Ichose the topic of behavioral
health because of its broadness and connection to the work that Ihave been doing.
The biopsychosocial model connected well to the vision of GO University and phi-
losophy of epistemic dialogue. This model allowed me to support the concept of
providing holistic health care embracing physical, psychological, social, and spir-
itual health. Iwas able to integrate the ecological framework of Bronfrenbrenner
(1979; 1986), and the prevention and health promotion values of community psy-
chology (Cowen, 2000; Durlak, 1995)into my inaugural lecture.
the position of Director of Academic Planning. I was appointed to this position, and
I spent five years in this role before my next assessment.
Given that the professorial rank requires three years associate professor (reader)
experience, considerable publication, academic leadership, and professional rec-
ognition, or five-years senior lecturer experience with the relevant publications,
academic leadership and professional recognition, Iwas assessed for the professo-
rial rank after five years. All the projects I described in this chapter were carried
out in the context of my academic activities, and they contributed to the recogni-
tion of my work at GO University and my promotion to the professorial rank, as
well as the academic leadership positions that Ihave held in the university. Iwas
recently appointed the dean of the Faculty of Management and Social Sciences at
GO University.
As previously noted, Ibelieve that Iwas able to take on the community-based
research, supporting the foundation of a new university and the peace initiatives
because of my training in community psychology principles and values, and because
of the mentorship Ireceived at the Center for Community Research. The concepts
of diversity and participatory community research, and the social-change tenet
enabled me to embrace full-time academic work at Godfrey Okoye University. The
citizen participation tenet of community psychology spurred me to aim for a recre-
ation in Nigeria of some of the things that Ilearned from the United States, mindful
of the context of the society. The health promotion value of community psychology
inspired me to focus on a peace promotion agenda as a way of contributing to peace
in the region where Iserved.
Summary
Academic settings that provide opportunities for the development of individuals
are an important setting where community psychologists can work and promote
principles of diversity, social justice, collaboration, and empowerment in schools,
and indirectly as a second-order change, contribute to the reformation of a society.
However, when a person trained in the Western world returns to a non-Western
culture to work, the individual should be aware of challenges that may be primarily
due to cultural changes and the persons acquired culture. My challenges made me
more aware that working in international settings, especially, non-Western cultures,
requires courage and a willingness to assess the societal challenges, develop plans,
and implement an agenda that is consistent with the needs of that moment intime.
In addition, once a person joins an academic setting, the rules for appointment
and promotion to ranks are followed. This requires conscientious effort on the part
of the candidates to work assiduously to ensure that they participate in teaching,
research, and academic leadership. Whereas, the community psychology training
is a good preparation for the types of work Idiscussed in this chapter, successful
navigation of the system requires understanding of the context and the process of
participation in the academic system.
My work at GO University and the larger academic system in Nigeria will con-
tinue to revolve around the activities Ihave discussed in this chapter. My main focus
at this time is to find ways of institutionalizing peace through the use of psychologi-
cal principles. Iam also working on the integration of media and technology into
this work. As a person, while Iam happy to contribute to diverse areas of research
and action and to the academic world, Iwant to be known for bringing peace, and
Iam ready to lay down my life to make peace a household value in Nigeria.
References
Bronfrenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development:Experiments by nature and design.
Cambridge, MA:Harvard UniversityPress.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1986). Ecology of the family as a context for human development:Research
perspectives. Developmental Psychology, 22(6), 723742.
Caplan, G. (1964). Principles of preventive psychiatry. NewYork, NY:BasicBooks.
Cowen, E. L. (2000). Community psychology and routes to psychological wellness. In J. Rappaport &
E. Seidman (Eds.), Handbook of community psychology (pp. 7999). NewYork, NY:Kluwer
Academic/Plenum.
Duffy, K. G., & Wong, F. Y. (1996). Community psychology. Needham Heights, MA:Allyn andBacon.
Durlak, J. A. (1995). School-based prevention programs for children and adolescents. Newbury Park,
CA:Sage.
Fawcett, S. B., Paine-Andrews, A. L., Francisco, V. T., Schultz, J. A., Richter, K. P., Lewis, R. K.,
Williams, E. L., Harris, K. J., Berkley, J. Y., Fisher, J. L., & Lopez, C. M. (1995). Using empower-
ment theory in collaborative partnerships for community health and development. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 23, 677697.
Florin, P., & Wandersman, A. (1990). An introduction to citizen participation, voluntary organi-
zation, and community development:Insights for empowerment through research. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 18(1), 4154. doi:10.1007/BF00922688
Jason, L. A., Richman, J. A., Rademaker, A.W., Jordan, K.M., Plioplys, A.V., Taylor, R., ... Plioplys, S.
(1999). A community-based study of chronic fatigue syndrome. Archives of Internal Medicine,
159(18), 21292137.
Jason, L.A., Taylor, R., Wagner, L., Holden, J., Ferrari, J.R., Plioplys, A.V., ... Papernik, M. (1995).
Estimating rates of chronic fatigue syndrome from a community-based sample:Apilot study.
American Journal of Community Psychology, 23(4), 557568.
Kelly, J. G. (2006). Becoming ecological: An expedition into community psychology. New York,
NY:Oxford UniversityPress.
National Universities Commission. (2007). Benchmark minimum academic standards for undergrad-
uate programmes in Nigerian universities:Social sciences. Abuja, Nigeria:National Universities
Commission.
Njoku, M. G.C. (2009). Community-based research in Nigeria:Lessons learned. In C.V. Rivera,
D.P. Jimenez, M.F. Rodriguez, & W.P. Bou (Eds.), International community psychology:Shared
agendas in diversity. Puerto Rico:Ed.UPR.
Njoku, M. G.C., Jason, L. A., & Torres-Harding, S.R. (2007). The prevalence of chronic fatigue
syndrome in Nigeria. Journal of Health Psychology, 12(3), 461474.
Njoku, M. G.C., & Anieke, C. C. (2014, August). Meaning of peace among Nigerian university students.
Paper presented at the 122nd Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association,
Washington,DC.
Richman, J. A., Flaherty, J.A., & Rospenda, K.M. (1994). Chronic fatigue syndrome:Have flawed
assumptions been derived from treatment-based studies? American Journal of Public Health,
84(2), 282284.
Trickett, E. J. (1996). A future for community psychology:The contexts of diversity and the diver-
sity of contexts. American Journal of Community Psychology, 24 (2), 209234. doi:10.1007/
BF02510399
Weinstein, R. S. (2002). Overcoming inequality in schooling: A call to action for commu-
nity psychology. American Journal of Community Psychology, 30(1), 2142. doi:10.1023/
A:1014311816571
22
This chapter will address the challenges and rewards for those choosing a career
in International Community Psychology (ICP), which we define as conducting
community psychology (CP) research in a community in a nonnative country. The
authors briefly describe their own experiences in international settings during their
graduate training. We also include interviews with five community psychologists
with extensive international research experience. We hope to show that interna-
tional work is not only a viable career option, but we also hope to convince readers
that ICP work itself is uniquely fulfilling and illuminating. Community psychology
research on a well-known subject in an international setting can be an effective way
to expose hidden contexts and challenge thinking about core CP values such as
community engagement, social justice, empowerment, and the value of collabora-
tion. As such, the practice of doing research in international settings is noteworthy
as method in itself to explore community psychology theories and practice.
The chapter co-authors first met in Sofia, Bulgaria, in the spring of 2010. At that
time, Ronald Harvey was a third year CP student at DePaul University in the last
months of a US Student Fulbright grant, and Nikolay Mihaylov was the recent recipi-
ent of a Fulbright to become a visiting student of psychology in the United States.
Nikolay L. Mihaylov: I am a PhD student in the Community Research and
Action program at Vanderbilt University. I received degrees in Economics and
Clinical and Counseling Psychology, as Iwas trying to find my path toward a profes-
sion that would contribute to social change in both practical and conceptual ways.
I encountered community psychology in 2010 thanks to the Fulbright academic
exchange program that introduced me to Ronald Harvey, then a PhD student at
DePaul University, Chicago. Through a Fulbright Scholarship, Iwent to DePaul to
270
collaborators, Do you think Oxford Houses could work in Bulgaria? Iwas told,
Bulgaria has nothing like Oxford Houses, though we certainly needthem.
The value of doing international research struck me when I began to think
about the essential ingredients of the OH model and whether these could translate
to a Bulgarian context. Whether in the United States or Bulgaria, it seemed to me
that OHs require, at minimum, five underlying social, cultural, and infrastructural
ingredients:appropriate-sized rental housing; residents willing to live together and
follow the OH principles; opportunities for OH residents for work and income,
training, and/or continuing education; institutional and legal support from gov-
ernmental and treatment professionals; and acceptance from the local community.
These ingredients are plentiful in the United States, although Ihad taken for granted
the context in which they exist. For example, a large middle class creates a housing
market of rental homes so that OH residents can live together and provide mutual
social support; in Bulgaria, most urban housing is in tow-or three-room apartments
in huge housing blocks. Additionally, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
protects recovering individuals in the United States from discrimination in jobs and
housing. In the United States, self-help groups such as Alcoholics Anonymous are
plentiful and culturally mainstream. It was unclear whether these ingredients were
present in Bulgaria or anywhere else in theworld.
I conducted a needs-assessment and a feasibility study in Bulgaria during my third
year of graduate studies through a Fulbright US Student grant in 20092010. My spon-
sors and collaborators in Bulgaria were essential to the project. In addition, Iwas for-
tunate to establish a collaborative relationship with Phoenix House, the first Bulgarian
therapeutic community (TC) for recovering substance abusers. Imet with 40 Phoenix
House clients in SUD treatment to talk about their plans after leaving Phoenix TC, and
to ask their opinions of the Oxford House model. From these data, Iam currently writ-
ing grant proposals to develop and research the first OHs in Bulgaria. In addition, my
research in Bulgaria helped me to articulate the ingredients for OH sustainability in the
United States (Harvey, Mortensen, Aase, Jason, & Ferrari,2013).
Both authors international CP research experiences are (so far) limited. What
follows are excerpts from interviews with five experienced international commu-
nity psychologists. Here you will see similarities and differences in philosophy and
orientation, but all these viewpoints are incredibly insightful and valuable.
Douglas D.Perkins
Douglas D.Perkins is a community psychologist, professor of Human & Organizational
Development at Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee. Dr.Perkins is the author of
many articles on international CP research (Perkins,2009).
How did you first become interested in international issues and community
psychology?
Outside the United States there is a little more focus on theoretical work and quali-
tative methods, and generally (with some noteworthy exceptions) less interest in
technical quantitative methods and analyses among community psychologists.
Non-US community psychologists are also more likely to radically critique positiv-
ism and favor phenomenology. My collaborations have tended to be with quanti-
tative or mixed-methods psychologists. This has provided easier common ground
when working in different languages, which can be more of a challenge for qualita-
tive research.
How did/do you find international collaborators and partners? What types of
partners are most/least receptive to international collaborations?
but not always available to collaborate due to lack of time or unfamiliarity and
inexperience with issues, cultures, and research in other countries. Researchers
in non-English-speaking countries seem enthusiastic to collaborate with native
English-speaking researchers as it may provide opportunities to publish in more
respected (in their home countries) English-language journals or to possibly visit
a US university.
How did you develop cultural competence to work in the particular contexts
youve had experience infor example, is it necessary to learn the language?
Learning the host language is an enormous benefitat the very least making an
effort to learn some basic conversational or practical words and phrases is appre-
ciated. But the international academic language is clearly English, so it is fortu-
nately possible to communicate almost anywhere in English. If you do not speak
the local language, however, it will limit your ability to communicate with some
partners or participate easily and fully, especially in qualitative research. Ialso try
to learn as much as possible about the history, politics, and social issues of the
countries I plan to visit, sometimes as part of the preparatory courses for field
schools.
Human subjects protection reviews in other countries seem generally less cumber-
some than they often are in the United States. At Vanderbilt, getting international
review board (IRB) approval for international research used to be difficult, but as
it becomes more common, such approvals have become easier to the point where
they may now be even less restrictive than they are for research conducted in the
United States. Other issues of entry and access and differing attitudes are discussed
in depth in the in-press chapter Icited earlier.
research grants, the funding opportunities in the United States for foreign research
collaboration seem to be harder to find than sources for domestic research.
Any special challenges or issues that are different from domestic-only research
funding? For example, is country/context/community usefulness related to the
funding sources, which are often US-based?
I have found that CP principles and competencies translate very well and can be
conveyed persuasively to potential funders, government agencies, and partners
both in the United States and in other countries. CP topics, methods, and proj-
ects tend to be much more practical and applied than many more theoretical ques-
tions in other branches of social science. People need not be familiar with CP or
even psychology to immediately see the benefit of the sort of useful knowledge
we help provide, such as needs and assets assessment, program evaluation, and
action-research.
What advice can you give to researchers starting their careers now or anyone
who wants to get involved in international research?
Offering to coauthor articles or edit special issues with colleagues based in other
countries can be an enormous help to everyone involved, especially for nonnative
English speakers in other countries. English language journals are the most presti-
gious, even for scholars in non-English-speaking countries, so joint publications can
help foreign collaborators obtain academic jobs and advance in them. Visiting col-
leagues and giving talks at their foreign universities, and inviting them to visit you,
can also be helpful tothem.
Isaac Prilleltensky
Isaac Prilleltensky is the dean of the School of Education and Human Development at
the University of Miami and a faculty member in two departments:the Department of
Psychology and the Department of Education and Psychological Studies. He teaches in the
Community Wellbeing PhD program, the Community and Social Change masters pro-
gram, and the Human and Social Development undergraduate program. Dr.Prilleltensky
is also a co-editor of International Community Psychology:History and Theories,
one of the few texts on ICP (Reich, Riemer, Prilleltensky, & Montero,2007).
What are some of your most recent or most important international research
projectinCP?
One group of current projects involves publishing collaborative papers; one with
colleagues from Naples, Italy, where we applied some of my ecological under-
standings of well-being to the topic of immigration; another one with Manolo
Garcia Ramirez from the University of Seville for the Journal of Psychosocial
Interventions.
The other type of collaborative projects involves consulting, or boots-on-the-
ground work, with community psychologists from Latin America. Iam a consultant
to a research project on ethics in Chile. On two sites in Argentina, Icollaborate with
colleagues and nonprofit organizations on a community-engaged action research
project on health promotion.
How did you become interested in international issues and CP? Why would you
go international?
For me, it all started as a side effect of my interest in other cultures. Ihave lived on
five continents; I speak Spanish, Hebrew, and English fluently and manage quite
well in Italian and Portuguese. International work is a natural extension of my inter-
est in other cultures but also part of a personal quest for changea seven-year itch
to explore new environments. Iam in the fortunate position where people from all
over the world reach out to me with proposals for collaboration. Between writing
papers and giving keynote addresses in different countries, Ifeel forced to refresh,
to be current with what is happening in this field. Recently we started working with
colleagues in the city of Barranquilla in Colombia to offer our community and social
change masters program. We are also embarking on a collaboration with Shandong
University in China. They want to send students to the same masters program.
In other parts of the world, especially in Latin America, research relies more
on sweat and tears and less on funding. Researchers do their job because they
believe it needs to be done, and they often do not expect to be paid or to hire
assistants. While US researchers have resources, international researchers are
very resourceful.
Another difference is that my foreign colleagues are less oriented toward mea-
surement of outcomes, or to program evaluation. This makes learning from experi-
ence more difficult. On the other hand, Latin American colleagues pay much more
attention to theory building and are more interdisciplinary.
Relationship-building conversations are key; but the local nonUnited States cul-
ture tends to dominate. Unless you immerse yourself in the other culture for a long
time, a more reciprocal relationship is limited. Therefore, US scholars should follow
along. Power imbalances exist, but they are not more pronounced than in any other
research team. In international work, the US researcher is a guest, which also helps
with balancing.
Sometimes you dont know what you dont know! It is humbling to realize you
are not sensitive enoughfor example, by using offending languagealthough
Itry hard. It is also humbling to see shocking instances of poverty and realize
the privilege of being a US scholar and living in the United States. You some-
times feel ashamed of your shock, because people live there all their lives.
Such experiences push a US researcher to own his or her incompleteness and
also reminds him or her of what is driving community psychologists work. In
other instances abroad you might encounter blatant government corruption or
unequal academic relationships; you often feel judgmental, which is another
thing one needs to own. Working internationally really makes you confront
some of your biases and limitations, and negotiate differences without impos-
ing your worldview.
Are there cultural competencies in the contexts you go to that are needed for
international research?
These competencies have to do with being a really good listener and making no assump-
tions. This helps the researcher be sensitive to, and negotiate the differences with, her
foreign colleagues. Ido not believe in reified international skills uniquely different from
the skills to engage with communities anywhere, such as being sensitive and caring,
being respectful, listening before talking, and asking open-ended questions.
Obtaining funding in the United States to do research abroad is not so easy. In Latin
America, funding is available from Spanish and European Union sources. There are
also established sources such as the World Bank, the Inter-American Development
Bank, and the Kellogg Foundation, among others. With regard to US federal fund-
ing, researchers in public health are at an advantage compared to community psy-
chologists. My research is justice-related, which makes it even harder to get funding.
Therefore, I have positioned my projects at the intersection of community well-
being (a broad concept allowing for diverse interventions) and justice. For example,
Iuse the language of social determinants of health and inequality, and frame the
issues as wellness and fairness. It is crucial to build bridges between your work, your
values, and the interests of funder or partner.
What advice can you give to researchers starting their careers now or anyone
who wants to get involved in international research?
Do not forget the big questions. Sometimes we get a little lost in micro-problems.
The way to get ahead in academia, the research world, is to be able to frame the big
questions, to be part of a larger intellectual conversation. And not just to be so nar-
rowly focused, that all Iam interested in is tweaking this part of an intervention to
see if it has an additional 0.001 effect size. Other people Im sure will have had suc-
cessful careers doing that kind of stuff, but it is not what helped me... As a dean,
member of tenure committees, research protocol reviewer, and reviewer for many
journals, Ithink the academic world likes to see how your particular research fits into
the larger picture of what were trying to address. So this has helped me. Ihave found
that people resonate with the big questions. Ive written about big topics:liberation,
oppression, wellness, fairness, status quo, critical psychology, values, and assump-
tions, because Ithink there is hunger for connecting around the big issues of theday.
Can you give our readers a summary of your most recent/important interna-
tional research projects?
sex with men, and in Bulgaria among Roma men. The study outcomes have not
been published yet, but the study showed significant reductions in behavioral
risk indicators among intervention participants when compared to the control
group. Second, our ongoing research is a social network trial among people liv-
ing with HIV (PLH). The intervention will train network leaders to promote
linkage to care, initiation of the therapy, and adherence to the therapy. Network
social support is the key asset that will assist participants to set and reach their
healthgoals.
Lastly, we are involved in a five-year-long infrastructure-building project at the
St. Petersburg Municipal Botkin Hospital for Infectious Diseases in Russia. The
project included pre-and postdoctoral training of new generations of HIV pre-
vention scientists in Russia, dissemination of efficacious interventions to service
providers, and carrying out HIV behavioral epidemiology studies among HIV +
pregnant women, injection drug users (IUDs), social networks, and serodiscordant
heterosexual couples; as well as pilot trials of HIV prevention intervention with
labor migrants andPLH.
How did you first become interested in international issues and community
psychology?
Jeff Kelly ( JK):My main interest is in HIV prevention research and that started
in the mid-1980s, evaluating community and structural levels and their effects
on HIV prevention. My international interests started at CAIR, an HIV preven-
tion center funded by NIMH for 20years. Our research was entirely domestic
until about 12 or 13years ago. Then Ifound out that 96% of HIV infections are
outside of North America. Acolleague was the head of the Global Prevention
of AIDS and wanted me to do research in Africa. Although there was a need
in Africa, Ithought it was too crowded with competing researchers to make an
impact. Iwas asked to conduct research in China, but it was too far from home.
When asked to conduct research in Russia, it sparked my interest. At the time,
HIV was just starting to accelerate in the former Soviet regions, but it was almost
completely ignored by other researchers. So, we started conducting research in
the region.
Although Ihave a degree in clinical psychology, Iconsider myself a community
psychologist because CP harnesses psychological principles in HIV prevention.
Istopped going to APA a while agosome people say Iam an anthropologist, but
in my heart Iam a community psychologist.
YA:Icarried out my first study in the field of AIDS research in 1993. Iam origi-
nally from St. Petersburg, Russia, and at that time, Iwas an undergraduate student
of the Department of Sociology, St. Petersburg State University. So my engage-
ment in AIDS research was not international for me. Ijoined CAIR in Wisconsin
in 1999 as a postdoc and have worked there since then. So, Iam an international
researcher via a circuitous route: I am from Russia; I received training and am
JK: We have worked in Russia since 1998, and more recently in Bulgaria and
Hungary. We have a very stable program currently in St. Petersburg, Russia. We also
have links with other countries in the region-particularly with our dissemination
studies. We partner with agencies in the region on how to inform treatment provid-
ers with our HIV research.
YA:Russia, Bulgaria, and Hungary are the main focus. However, Iwas involved
in studies that disseminated HIV-prevention intervention technologies to NGO
service providers in virtually every country in Central and Eastern Europe.
vary a lot in terms of the study protocol delivery and adherence to it. They could be
very productive but there are also challenges.
How do you find international collaborators and partners? What types of part-
ners are most/least receptive to international collaborations?
JK:We have done this very well and also very badly! Our first collaboration was
with the World Health Organization, which was informative and frustrating at the
same time. After this experience, we decided to fund on our own one-year pilot
projects with in-country community organizations. This allows both parties a trial
run to discover how they getalong and work together and to gather information for
large five-year grants. If things work out positively, we parlay that information and
relationship as a basis to apply for more substantial external funding to continue
thework.
The best partners we have found are community-based service providers; they
are much closer to the people in the community than a typical university setting.
Over time, we have found eight partnerships that were very close to the community
that have worked out really well. And during the pilot program phases, even if they
do not work out, you gather valuable information.
YA:We found international partners through research publications in the fields
of interest. Both quality and quantity of publications should be considered. Then,
establishing initial contacts, meetings, and if those go well, carrying pilot studies
together allows you to conclude whether the collaboration has a potential ornot.
JK:Indeed, sometimes you find partners just by chance. For example, in Bulgaria,
Dr.Amirkhanian and Iwere reading health material and one persons name kept
coming up:Elena Kabakchieva of the Health and Social Development Foundation.
She is a physician who has worked with the Roma (Gypsy) in Bulgaria for a long
time. We eventually approached that organization and have since become close
partners and research co-authors (Kelly etal., 2006). They do great work. So keep-
ing your eyes and ears open when in-country can help you find great partners.
Elena, we worked closely with that community. That really feels good. Iwant to focus
more on reproductive health in the Roma community; the needs there are so urgent.
YA:There are infinite opportunities... there are so many countries and popula-
tions to work with. However, there are many challenges as well. We work together
with the partner organizations to work out any problems. This often includes logis-
tics and project administration. With respect to cultural challenges, those are also
present. One really has to know the country with which they are collaborating. It
helps to know what to expect and to find ways to solve those problems.
How did you develop cultural competence to work in the particular contexts
youve had experience in. For example, is it necessary to learn the language?
JK:It is helpful, but not necessary to speak the local languages yourself. Ispeak a lit-
tle Bulgarian and a little bit of Russian. However, you do need language competence
from the other people you work withto be bridgessuch as good collaborators
who are native to the country. My colleague, Dr.Amirkhanian, born and educated
in Russia, is on the CAIR faculty in the United States but lives in St. Petersburg. He
is the bridge and the reason it allworks.
Cultural competence is tricky. Even if you say you want to learn and help, you are
often viewed as an actor who is privileged and rich. There is only so far you can go
with it, so having a bridge is necessary. The mistake is not being close to the com-
munity you are workingwith.
YA:It is not necessary to learn a language. Iam lucky that Ido have enough of
cultural competence working with Eastern European partners because Iam from
this region.
JK:You must have an attitude of humility, and hope your work is viewed in terms of
respectfulness to the community youre working with. Amistake for researchers is to
only talk to other researchers. Researchers may not be as attached to the community;
the closer you can get to the community, the better. One time, we reached out to a gay
HIV prevention organization and were turned down. The organization said the way they
defined prevention was very different than our way of defining prevention. Instead of
passing out condoms and talking about prevention, the organization wanted people to
just have a safe place to stay without talking about issues. They just wanted a space for
people to feel socially accepted. We respected the organizations decision and movedon.
YA:We learn a lot from the experience. In addition, prior to any big study, we
always carry out qualitative studies to learn all possible aspects of working with a
particular target group over a given study. Sometimes there could be misunderstand-
ing between research collaborators, but we always get over these by having regular
one-on-one meetings with them. Periodic traveling into the study site countries
helpedalot.
JK:We do not necessarily talk explicitly about the values of community psychol-
ogy. This is because we know that the community organizations we partner with all
share these values. People who want to only talk about values are people who we
really do not want to work with. You have to be careful how you are perceived:some-
times youre viewed as a food sourceI come with US money and this makes people
color things and say things that they probably do not feel. This comes from research
inequality.
YA:We deal with any agency we work with in the way that makes sense to them.
When writing grants that involve scientific specialized methods or techniques, we
explain this in words that would make sense to outsiders. If scientific jargon cannot
be avoided, we carefully explain what we mean. That is a generalrule.
What advice can you give to researchers starting their careers now or anyone
who wants to get involved in international research?
JK:Get established in your home country first. If you are from the United States, get
established doing research here first. Realize that it is difficult to carry out research
in a different culture. Iadvise researchers to become competent, work on listening
skills, and develop models closer to home before you venture. Also, funding is the
hardest part. So, Iadvise getting attached to someone who is already doing interna-
tional research rather than applying for funding on your own. That way you learn
the ropes, and everyone stands a better chance of carrying out their research.
Keep your eye out for novel opportunities. As 96% of HIV infections are outside
of North America, Idid not consider myself doing important HIV work, because
Iwas ignoring a vast portion of the problem. Also, not a lot of researchers were in
Russia, so my interest was in doing something new, something that no one else was
doing; that is what prompted me to pursue HIV prevention in Russia.
YA:There are quite a few aspects to take into account. Some beginners are attracted
to certain world regions, some are more familiar with these, and therefore it is impor-
tant first to identify personal reasons to plan collaborations. Sometimes there are
unique scientific opportunities. It is important to be very patient and recognize that
any long-term collaboration requires patience. We already mentioned steps that help
establishing oneself:finding reliable partners, planning pilot work, and so on. It is also
necessary to recognize that collaboration requires a certain level of commitment.
Finally, it is important to understand cultural differences; it is often the case that
the US scientists become frustrated with local work styles, customs, and the way
things work in these countries. Some flexibility is needed. At the same time, US fund-
ing is often seen as big cash flow and the bad agencies would say they would do any-
thing to get that funding. It is important to distinguish phony agencies and real ones
that would do a great job. And, of course, the latter needs recognition and fair funding.
Gary W.Harper
Gary W.Harper, PhD, MPH, is a professor in the Department of Health Behavior and
Health Education in the School of Public Health at the University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor. Dr.Harper has worked on sexual health promotion and HIV prevention programs
for youth in both the United States and in Kenya for over 20years.
Can you give our readers a summary of your most recent/important interna-
tional research projects?
I work on the development and evaluation of primary and secondary programs for
adolescents impacted by HIV. Istudy this both domestically and globally. Iwork
mostly in the primary prevention realm:developing community-based HIV inter-
ventions with young black gay men in the United States. Also some work with ado-
lescent females of color. My secondary prevention has mostly been domestic. We
have a randomized control trial intervention set up for black gay men living with
HIV and also an intervention for young women of color living withHIV.
Internationally, Iwork on primary and secondary prevention in Kenya. These
are programs for primary-school-aged school children in Kenya, and programs for
youth in rural settings in Kenya. We are currently working on a study of young, gay,
or bisexual men in Kenya, specifically examining factors of risk and resilience, and
designing prevention programs for these individuals. With these programs, we work
to translate what has been learned domestically and try to apply that globally and to
Kenya (Harper etal.,2014).
How did you first become interested in international issues and community
psychology?
me to write two grants and allowed me to bring two grad school students over to
Kenya. We ended up doing workshops for 1,000 youth within a period of aweek.
I also started talking to people from the CDC, and started talking about funding
mechanisms, and ended up getting funding. The rest is history. Ihave not done pure
research; it has been more of capacity-building. Having the ability to connect with
people and spending time in the community keeps me going back. It is more about
a commitment to the community and immersing myself into the community.
How do you find international collaborators and partners? What types of part-
ners are most/least receptive to international collaborations?
The challenging thing is that a lot of the organizations are in need of money. They
view the United States as having a lot of money and resources, so you have to be
careful that you are having an honest connection. You are looking at them for access
to a community, while they are looking at you with dollarsigns.
The best collaborations Ihave in Kenya are with the nonprofit organizations
who have similar values to the work that we are doing. We have a shared inter-
est in the same population as well as a mission to maintain the rights of these
individuals. These shared values and missions break boundaries, because we
can connect on similar issues. Some of the men I work with look at me as a
father figure, because Iam an openly gay man who has been doing this work for
years. They see this in me and connect, because we are a part of the same global
struggle.
I do have good collaboration with universities in Kenya, but there is some ten-
sion because they view me and the United States as having money, and there is the
danger of them looking for me to give them money. It is important to realize that we
do come from a rich country, but because of this, we have to be careful not to create
hierarchal situations. We try to work with the partners to equalize everything so we
can actually work with the affected people, and not just be there so our collaborators
can get themoney.
A big collaborator has been the Catholic Church. Working with an institution
that does not support some of our work is interesting. With the Catholic Church,
we have done a little radio promotion, but really not much. We started working with
the University of Nairobi initially, but we started moving away from them because
of their opinions on sexuality and abortion.
We then moved into working with LGBTQ organizations through the Internet,
and through networking and word-of-mouth. Now we work more closely with the
LGBTQ organizations.
I do not work with the media, but some faculty members at DePaul have worked
with them. Mostly concerning the LGBTQ population inKenya.
How did you develop cultural competence to work in the particular contexts
youve had experience infor example, is it necessary to learn the language?
One day when they were trying to hold a church service, community members
tried to burn down the building. After that, we had to go into hiding for a day and
cancel planned events. Despite these incidents, all these difficulties are worth it at
the end of theday.
It is not easy. The one project that Ihave had for so long was funded by the Plan for
AIDS Relief starting in 2006 and ending at the end of February 2014. Ihave applied
for some NIH grants; weve also gotten funding from the University of Michigan.
Like my start in Kenya while at DePaul, we have gotten some funding from different
organizations. You just have to be creative with your funding. It depends on what
you want to do. Unfortunately, when times are hard in the United States, a lot of
people dont want to plug money into internationalwork.
What advice can you give to researchers starting their careers now or to anyone
who wants to get involved in international research?
Chapter Summary
As reflected in these interviews, a career as an international community psychology
researcher is complex and rewarding. Reassuringly, all our interviewees emphasized
that standard community psychology training and values are invaluable tools ena-
bling them to be effective when working in international settings. Indeed, commun-
ity psychologists are perhaps uniquely capable to do international work because of
CP values:understanding people in context, listening to the needs of the commun-
ity, and working with communities rather that for or to them. Another point, per-
haps paradoxically, was made repeatedly:do not be fooled by your assumptions of
what you think you know well. For example, our interviewees mentioned that polit-
ical context is very different from that in the United States; indeed, the meaning and
legitimacy of what is political is often radically different elsewhere. The same applies
to terms such as social justice, or even community.
A common thread expressed among all our interviewees was enjoying the revi-
talizing quality of living in a different place and culture, and working with collabo-
rators with differing viewpoints. As such, ICPs are always learning new things and
having to adapt to new circumstances. Rather than this being an additional bur-
den, our interviewees found that doing international research keeps the work fresh
and invigorating, and they enjoyed dealing with these challenges. However, ICP is
not for everyone; researchers working in international settings face language issues,
unfamiliar cultural contexts, and heavy reliance on local community members as
experts and interpreters. As such, mistakes and misunderstandings are common,
and relinquishing some control is often paradoxically necessary to getting things
done. Although corruption exists in varying degrees everywhere, many ICPs are
not accustomed to the level of corruption (bribery, in particular) or other infor-
mal power negotiations that natives and in-country collaborators must work with
every day to accomplish even mundane things, such as getting a telephone installed.
One must be ready and willing to accept unconventional methods for how things
aredone.
Another common, perhaps less invigorating challenge all our interviewees men-
tioned is that of securing funding for international research, and managing the
perceptions of collaborators view of ICPs as a funding source. All funding must be
important to NIH; obtaining international funding is more difficult than for domes-
tic research. And there is the additional requirement that it be justified in that it
answers specific scientific questions that are applicable in the home country. One
must be mindful that collaborators may vary widely in their goals and motivations,
from pragmatic selflessness to personal enrichment.
Also, our interviewees emphasized that social connections are needed more for
international work than perhaps domestically. Although each place has unique cul-
tural contexts, the time it takes to build trust often takes longer, is more ritualized,
and more subtle than in ones home country. One may have to trust a local person
more than follow ones own instincts. This is part of the challenge and enrichment
of international research. Indeed, the word for connections in Bulgarian is
(vrazki), which is the same word for shoelaces; without connections, you cannot
even tie yourshoes!
References
Harper, G.W., Riplinger, A.J., Neubauer, L.C., Murphy, A. G., Velcoff, J., & Bangi, A.K. (2014).
Ecological factors influencing HIV sexual risk and resilience among young people in rural
Kenya:Implications for prevention. Health Education Research, 29(1), 131146. doi:10.1093/
her/cyt081
Harvey, R., Mortensen, J., Aase, D., Ferrari, J.R., & Jason, L. (2013). Factors affecting the sustaina-
bility of self-run recovery homes in the United States. International Journal of Self-Help & Self-
Care, 7(1), 99109.
Jason, L. A., Davis, M. I., & Ferrari, J. R. (2007). The need for substance abuse after-care:Alongitu-
dinal analysis of Oxford House. Addictive Behaviors, 32, 803818.
Karakos, H. L., Fisher, B. W., Geller, J., Lunn, L., Palmer, N. A., Perkins, D. D., . . . Shields, S. (2016).
The Field School in Intercultural Education as a Model for International Service-Learning
and Collaborative Action-Research Training. In S. Barnes, L. Brinkley-Rubinstein, B. Doykos,
N. Martin & A. McGuire (Eds.), Academics in action!: A model for community-engaged
research, teaching, and service (pp. 167-190). New York: Fordham University Press.
Kelly, J. A., Amirkhanian, Y. A., Kabakchieva, E., Vassileva, S., McAuliffe, T. L., DiFranceisco, W.
J., ... Dimitrov, B. (2006). Prevention of HIV and sexually transmitted diseases in high risk
social networks of young Roma (Gypsy) men in Bulgaria:Randomised controlled trial. British
Medical Journal, 333(7578):1098. doi:10.1136/bmj.38992.478299.55
Oxford House. (2012). Oxford House, Inc. annual report fiscal year 2012. Silver Spring,
MD:OxfordHouse.
Perkins, D. D. (2009). International community psychology:development and challenges. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 44(1/2), 7679. doi:10.1007/s10464-009-9256-6
Reich, S. M., Riemer, M., Prilleltensky, I., & Montero, M. (2007). International community psychol-
ogy:History and theories. NewYork, NY:Springer.
23
i
Many community psychologists receive their advanced degrees in disciplines other than commu-
nity psychology. These disciplines most frequently include, but are not limited to clinical/counseling
psychology, social psychology, public health, social work, urban planning, and business.
294
is important we embrace these experiences as they can serve as the foundation for
a long and successful career. Earning a graduate degree can then supplement this
foundation, adding knowledge and skills, to increase your likelihood of effecting the
change you hope tosee.
is also helpful to inquire if you can be placed in touch with current students
to gain their perspectives on the program. You may also want to reach out
to faculty whose work you find interesting. However, it is important to do
some homework beforehandread some of their publications and become
familiar with their work so that you can have meaningful interactions.
also important that you consider the following criteria in making your selection
decisions:
Other institutions employ more of a cohort model which can place less emphasis
on studentfaculty research interest match, and a greater emphasis on practitioner
skill building. Although the faculty of these programs may be more generalists, it
may still be worthwhile for you to determine if faculty in the program are work-
ing on community projects that are of interest to you and if their expertise is likely
to support your goals. Cohort model programs tend to have more limited research
assistantships and fellowships, although they may also have other features of the
program that offer more flexibility than traditional programs.
Box 23.2 Some Personal Criteria You May Want toConsider inSelecting
a Graduate Program
Is the program in an urban, suburban, or rural area; east coast, west coast,
north or south? Is it close to home or will it take you out of state or out of the
country? Do you have family, work, or other obligations that limit your ability
to leave the area where you currentlylive?
For ethnic minority and LGBT students, the availability of ethnic minority
and LGBT populations and communities may also be an important consider-
ation, not only for personal reasons, but as the source of a prospective setting
for conducting research, engaging in community practice, or serving clients.
For example, if you are interested in studying or working with members of a
particular group, then selecting programs that are located in areas where such
groups reside would be important. Presence of an ethnic minority or LGBT
community might also be valuable as a social support resource.
Volunteer Opportunities
Volunteering can be a highly effective way to gain experience prior to and during,
and even after graduate school. Many community-based nonprofit organizations
welcome volunteers to support their efforts. If you have a particular interest, such
as serving as a youth mentor, seek out organizations in your community that work
in that area and inquire about volunteer opportunities. Volunteering also provides
valuable insights into community issues and concerns. In many settings, volunteers
have the opportunity to develop new skills and to make professional contacts who
can serve both as references and professional resources in the future. Volunteering
is also an effective way for more seasoned professionals to gain additional exposure,
experience, and expertise in areas where their knowledge and experience is limited.
Finding Mentors
A good mentor sees right through you to who you are becoming. Mentors can pos-
sess expertise in a skill or set of skills (e.g., community research or community prac-
tice) that you want to learn from them, or they may provide guidance in the form of
advice about how to gain the experience you desire and connect you with opportu-
nities to gain that experience. Every mentor is different and mentors are not always
easy to find. Often times we must seek them out, rather than wait for one to find us.
Once you meet and get to know someone who you think would be a good mentor
for you, let them know what you are interested in learning from them and actively
engage them in the possibility. They will likely be open about their willingness and
availability.
Reference
Dalton, J., & Wolfe, S. (2012). Competencies for community psychology practice: Society for
Community Research and Action draft, August 15, 2012. The Community Psychologist,
45(4),7-14.
Further Reading
To learn more about the career paths of community psychologists, we encourage you to review the
following.
Dr.Gloria Levins Living community psychology column in The Community Psychologist, the offi-
cial newsletter of the Society for Community Research and Action (http://www.scra27.org).
Kelly, J.G., & Song, A. (2004). Six community psychologists tell their stories:History, contexts, and
narrative. Binghamton, NY:HaworthPress.
INDEX
AAAS. See American Association for the Academic Coaching and Writing,218
Advancement of Science Academickeys, website,13
academia. See also community colleges; higher Academics in Action! AModel for Community-
education; teaching careers Engaged Research, Teaching, and Service
branding and, 232233 (ed. Barnes, Brinkley-Rubinstein, Doykos,
federal sector comparison,28 Martin, McGuire),275
health care sector comparison,14 AEA. See American Evaluation Association
practice career vs., 21, 2526, 99100,103 Affordable Care Act (ACA),37
preparation for teaching-focused faculty African Americans, 30, 228229
positions, 216229 Agency for Children and Families (ACF),36
reward systemin,76 Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
things to know about workingin,13 (AHRQ),36
value of publishingin,23 Albee, George,185
academic careers, preparation and application, Alderfer, C.P.,194
216229, 230240. See also universitywork Allen, S.,8081
campus visits, 237238 American Association for the Advancement of
choosing teaching vs. research, 231232 Science (AAAS), 31,33,47
cover letters, 218219 American Association for the Advancement of
curriculum vitae, 217218 Science (AAAS) fellowships,47
focusing on research and teaching aims,226 American Evaluation Association(AEA)
in-person interview,226 AEA365 blog, 21,152
interview, via videoconferencing,225 annual evaluation conference,21
interviews, 109, 218, 223228, 225,237 job listings, 100, 107,173
job outlook, 227228 research resources,180
job talk, 226, 238239 Topical Interest Groups (TIGs), 124,173
letters of recommendation, 220, 221223, website,302
235,297 American Psychological Association (APA),302
meetings and meals,239 Committee on Psychology and AIDS,30
negotiation process, 239240 Congressional Fellowships, 33,47,71
online applications, 223224 grant writing collaboration,245
self-branding/aligning with brand, 232233 internship program,104
sexism, racism, and, 228229 Postdoctoral Workshop,6162
Skype interview,225 American Psychological Association Graduate
teaching statements, 218, 219221, 223, Students (APAGS),302
236,238 Americans With Disabilities Act (1990),272
teaching talk,239 Amirkhanian, Yuri A., 280286
waiting for email, phone call response,224 Annie E.Casey Foundation (AECF),70,72
305
306 Ind e x
Ind e x 307
308 Ind e x
Ind e x 309
310 Ind e x
Ind e x 311
312 Ind e x
Ind e x 313
call for social change in, 207209,213 International Community Psychology (ICP),
competencies aligned with, 210t212t 270293
contextual challenges in,206 Amirkhanian, Yuri A., and, 280286
ecological theory and, 209,213 boots-on-the-ground work,270
employment-related websites, 13,223 Bulgaria, 270, 271,283
first-generation students and, 191192 China,277
gaining employment in, 13, 203, 216218, 223, Columbia and,277
228229 description,270
inequalities in, 207209 Eastern Europe, 271, 280, 282,285
initiatives/funding for,207 funding sources, 275276, 278279, 283,
jobs outlook, 227228 285286, 288, 290291
mentorship and,203 Harper, Gary W., and, 286291
positive impact of, 205206 Harvey, Ronald, and, 270, 271272
preparation for teaching-focused faculty HIV prevention intervention, 280291
positions, 216229 IRB approval for research, 242, 254255, 259,
program implementation in,5253 275,290
programming for students, 207208 Kelly, Jeffrey, and, 280286
raising children comparison,196 Latin America, 277,278
research/program evaluation training,208 Mihaylov, Nikolay L., and, 270271
self-confidence and, 196197 partnerships,278
social justice, organizational change training, Perkins, Douglas D., and, 272276
209,213 Prilleltensky, Isaac, and, 277280
Hindus,184 research funding sources, 271, 275276
HIV/AIDS prevention Internet
CPRD and,95 community psychology survey,119
implementation studies and,2930 courses/trainings, 2, 22, 119, 121, 216,236
international programs, 280291 Foundation Directory,248
public health work and,25 job applications, 15, 222223
Hospitality Kitchen (Washington),67 job interviews,225
Human Diversity:Perspectives on People in Context job search guidance, 220,297
(Trickett, Watts, Birman),194 job search/postings, 11, 13, 107, 174, 191,223
Humane Society,93 journals,164
Human Service Providers Coalition reporting systems,99
(Washington),67 resumes,31
Human Services Program, Antioch Univeristy,225 social media and, 121,165
Hungary, HIV intervention prevention, 280282 student reviews of faculty,238
webinars, 18, 22, 119, 128t, 145,244
IDIQ (Indefinite Delivery, Indefinite Quality) internships
lists,135 APA program,104
Illinois Department of Human Services Boals experience, 103105
(IDHS),95 CBO leaders creation of,198
Illinois Department of Public Health (IDPH), Congressional Black Caucus
54,56,59 Foundation,47
Illinois Youth Survey,9596 in consulting firms,140
individualized education plan (IEP),52 employment experience vs.,181
Industrial Technology Institute,170 federal government opportunities,31
infographics,124 gaining competency and,45
Institute for Social Policy (Yale University),71 gaining skills and,45
Institutional Review Board (IRB), 242, 254255, insights gained in, 15,111
259, 275,290 locating, 36, 68, 297298
insurance coverage,175 median salary,9f
interagency personnel agreement (defined),48 networking and,109
Inter-American Development Bank,279 practice jobs and, 103104
International Community Psychology:History and pre-doctoral clinical,190
Theories (ed. Prilleltensky, Reich, Riemer, public hospital, 169170
Montero),277 Walter Reed Army Medical Center,61
314 Ind e x
interviews LinkedIn,2,165
academic teaching, 109, 218, 223228,237 logic model technique, 59, 160, 172,253
community colleges, 191,203 longitudinal studies, 150, 171,275
for-profit evaluation consulting job, 141, Louisiana State University (LU),61
144145
foundation jobs,75 masters degrees
informational, 1011, 68, 109,110 academic jobs and,13
in-person, 2526, 140,226 community college jobs and, 202203
non-government jobs,32 evaluation jobs and, 149,155
nonprofit research organization, 125,128t federal government jobs and,32
practice job,100 for-profit consulting jobs and, 138,143
solo consulting job, 170171,173 nonprofit jobs and,78
telephone, 25,225 practice jobs and,109
intimate partner violence, 22, 24, 25, 32, 104. research work and,119
See also domestic violence maternal-infant developmental research,170
Intimate Partner Violence and Teen Dating Maton, K.I.,208
Violence prevention,24 Matons framework of characteristics of
Intimate Partner Violence and Teen Dating empowering settings,208
Violence prevention program,24 Maughan, M.R.C.,80
intramural research (defined),48 McGraw Center for Teaching and Learning
Israel,7 (Princeton University), 219,220
Italy, 7, 273274,277 McNair Research Awards,246
IT departments,121 McNair Scholars Program, 207208
Medicaid program,6364
James Marshall Fellowship (SPSSI),33,47 Medical College of Wisconsin,280
Jason, Leonard, 186, 258,260 Mehmel, Vince,62
job market competition,57 Meissen, Greg,93
jobs. See employment mentalhealth
job talk, 226, 238239 APA Postdoctoral Workshop on,6263
Joint Commission on Hospital Accreditation centers,6264
(Washington),67 children and,72
Journal of Blacks in Higher Education,228 EIS programs and,32
Judaism,184 NAM reports on,3637
research,14,29
Kabakchieva, Elena,283 Mental Health Initiative for Urban
Kellogg Foundation,279 Children,72
Kelly, Jeffrey, 280286 Mental Health Services Research and Evaluation
Kelly, Jim, 71, 186, 258,263 program,71
Kenya, HIV prevention intervention, 287288 Mentored Career Development Awards,245
Kiritz, N.J., 249250 mentoring leadership (competency), 5f, 43, 58,
KSA (Knowledge, Skill, Abilities) writing 98t, 126t, 162, 196, 207, 211t,231
requirement,31 mentors
benefits of, 13, 55, 89, 109, 141, 186187
Lambe, Karen,184 in community colleges, 195197
Lambe, Rich,184 graduate school and, 302303
Lappe,F.,82 internships and,104
Latin America, 277,278 obtaining, 1011,19
Lead Qualitative Analyst,132 recruitment of, 51,186
Leppert, Andrea,220 Mexico,7
letters of recommendation, 220, 221223, Michigan State University,170
235,297 Mid-Career Awards,245
Lewin, Kurt,82 Mihaylov, Nikolay L., 270271
LGBTQ organizations,289 mobile crisis clinicians,74
LGBTQ students,300 Model Cities,64
life considerations and strategies,1718 multilateral organizations, agreements,48
linear modeling, 42,122 Muslims,184
Ind e x 315
316 Ind e x
Ind e x 317
318 Ind e x
Ind e x 319
320 Ind e x
Ind e x 321